Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

Onshore Pipeline Design Rev.00 PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 937

ENI E. & P.

ON_OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.


“Onshore Pipeline Design”

Lecturer: Gabriele Lanza


Saipem S.p.A.

1 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 1


Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline history
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

2 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 2


SECTION 0. : A BRIEF PIPELINE HYSTORY

In Mesopotamia and in Egypt, 5,000 years before Christ, clay


pipes were used for irrigation and drainage purposes.

In China, in the Fifth century BC, bamboo pipes wrapped in


cloth impregnated with wax were used to transport natural gas
to Beijing for the purpose of illumination.

The Romans when creating large infrastructure components


such as the aqueducts, used lead pipes in the most important
branches of the network.

USERS USERS
Schematic of the elements of a transport system, showing the various components

3 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 3


SECTION 0. : A BRIEF PIPELINE HYSTORY

bamboo pipes in China

USERS USERS
Schematic of the elements of a transport system, showing the various components

4 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 4


SECTION 0. : A BRIEF PIPELINE HYSTORY

clay water supply pipes lead water supply pipes

Pipes in ancient Rome


USERS USERS

5 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 5


SECTION 0. : A BRIEF PIPELINE HYSTORY

A significant advance was made, in the Eighteenth century, with


the introduction of pipes in melted iron for aqueducts and sewers,
and sometimes for gas transport for lighting.

In 1879, following the discovery of an oil field in Pennsylvania, a


first pipeline was laid, with a diameter of 15 cm, for the oil
transport across the state over a distance of about 180 km.

The introduction of submerged arc welding, around the year


1920, substantially changed the scenario and from then began
the production of large diameter pipelines, which we can call
modern.
USERS USERS

6 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 6


SECTION 0. : A BRIEF PIPELINE HYSTORY

Pipeline Pioneering in USA USERS

7 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 7


WHAT ARE ONSHORE PIPELINE TRANSPORTION SYSTEMS

WELLS
OIL / GAS TREATMENT PUMPING
COMPRESSOR
GATHERING LINES
STATIONS
TERMINAL
USERS USERS

TRUNKLINES PIPELINES PIPELINES

USERS USERS
Schematic of the elements of a transport system, showing the various components

8 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 8


ITALIAN PIPELINE TRANSPORT SYSTEMS

GAS IMPORT FROM FROM HOLLAND


TENP - GERMAN SECTION
GAS IMPORT FROM RUSSIA
- Nr. 3 COMPRESSOR STATIONS (181.6 MW)
OMV - AUSTRIAN SECTION
-TAG1: 383 km OD: 36”-38
TRANSITGAS - SWISS SECTION
-TAG2: 378 km OD: 42”
- TRG1 : 164 km OD: 36”-34”
- TAG LOOP II 376 km OD: 40”
- TRG2 : 164 km OD: 36”- 48”
- Nr. 14 Tunnels 43,000 m
SNAM - ITALIAN SECTION
- 1° PHASE: 215 km OD: 34”-36”
SNAM - ITALIAN SECTION
- 2° PHASE: 264 km OD: 42”
- 1° PHASE 162.5 km OD: 34”
- 3° PHASE: 201 km OD: 48”
- 2° PHASE 176 km OD: 48”
- Nr. 8 Tunnels: 9 km
- Nr. 11 Tunnels 8,000 m

GAS IMPORT FROM NORWAY


- TRG3: 55.3 km OD: 36” TRANSMEDITERRANEAN PIPELINES

- GAME A: 1,085 km OD: 48”


317 km OD: 42”
- GAME B: 1,490 km OD: 48”

ALGERIA - ITALY NATURAL GAS PIPELINE


SONATRACH - ALGERIA SECTION
- N° 2 x 48” 550 km each LIBYA - ITALY NATURAL GAS PIPELINE
MELLITAH to GELA - AGIP NORTH AFRICA
SCOGAT - TUNISIA SECTION USERS USERS
- 520 km OD: 32”
- N° 2 x 48” 368 km each Schematic of the elements of a transport system, showing the various components

9 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 9


PIPELINE TRANSPORT SYSTEMS
Italian Gas Network
PLANTS AND UNDERGROUND STORAGES
SNAM GAS PIPELINE NETWORK
RUSSIA
HOLLAND
Masera Malborghetto
Cinisello B.
Istrana
Settala Sergnano
Ripalta
Tresigallo
Cortemaggiore
Minerbio
S. Martino
Rimini
Terranova Recanati PIPELINE NETWORK km 29,000
Bracciolini PIPELINE NETWORK km 29,000
LNG
Gallese
Cupello

Melizzano

PIPELINE COMPRESSOR STATIONS N° 12 Montesano


PIPELINE COMPRESSOR STATIONS N° 12
STORAGE COMPRESSOR STATIONS N° 3
STORAGE COMPRESSOR STATIONS N° 3
Tarsia
PIPELINE AND STORAGE COMPRESSOR
PIPELINE AND STORAGE COMPRESSOR
STATIONS N° 6
STATIONS N° 6 Messina

Enna USERS USERS

ALGERIA

10 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 10


Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

11 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 11


1. : Codes and Design Standards
Pipelines and related facilities expose the operators, and potentially the general
public, to the inherent risk of high-pressure fluid transmission. As a result, national
and international codes and standards have been developed to limit the risk to a
reasonable minimum. Such standards are mere guidelines for design and
construction of pipeline systems. They are not intended to be substitutes for good
engineering practices for safe designs.

Major codes affecting pipeline design are listed in following Table. Some
governmental authorities have the right to issue regulations defining minimum
requirement for the pipeline and related facilities. These regulations are legally
binding for the design, construction, and operation of pipeline system facilities,
which are under the jurisdiction of the relevant authority.

There are also a number of other authorities (e.g., utility boards) who have
jurisdiction over specific concerns with regard to pipeline design and construction.
These authorities have the right to enforce their own regulations, setting minimum
requirements for pipeline facilities within their jurisdiction.

12 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 12


1. : Codes and Design Standards
List of major international codes and standards affecting pipeline design, construction and operation

Acronym Organization/topic

ACI American Concrete Institute


AGA American Gas Association
ANSI American National Standard Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing Materials
CSA Canadian Standards Association
DEP Design Engineering Practice
IEEE Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers
IP Institute of Petroleum
ISA International Society of American
ISO International Standards Organization
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NAG Normas Argentinas de Gas
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturing Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
SIS Standards Institute of Sweden
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
ANSI B16.5 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ASTM A 350 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings Material
MSS SP-25 Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions
MSS SP-44 Steel Pipe Line Flanges
API 5L API Specifications for Line Pipe
API 6D Specifications for Pipeline Valves, End Closures, Connectors, and
Swivels

13 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 13


(Continued)
1. : Codes and Design Standards
List of major international codes and standards affecting pipeline design, construction and operation

Acronym Organization/topic

API 1104 (NAG 100) Welding of Pipeline and Related Facilities


ASTM A 333 or ASTM A 106 Materials for Surface Installations Piping
ANSI B16.9 Butt Welding Elbows/Tees
ASTM A 234 or ASTM A 420 Butt Welding Elbows/Tees Materials
ASTM A 350 or ASTM A 105 Forged Fittings <NPS 2 Material
ANSI B16.11 Forged Fittings <NPS 2
ANSI/ASME B31.4 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons and other
Liquids
ANSI/ASME B31.8 Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems
ANSI B16.9 Factory-made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings
ANSI B16.10 Factory-made and End-to-End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves
DEP 31.38.01.10 Piping Classes and Basis of Design
ANSI B16.34 Steel Valves, Flanges and Buttwelding Ending
ANSI B1.1 Unified Screwed Threads
ANSI B95.1 Terminology for Pressure Relief Devices
DIVISION I, Rules for Construction of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII
Pressure Vessels
Qualification Standards for Welding
and Brazing Procedures, Welders, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section IX
Brazers, Welding, and Brazing
Operators

14 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 14


(Continued)
1. : Codes and Design Standards
List of major international codes and standards affecting pipeline design, construction and operation

Acronym Organization/topic

MSS SP-53 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves ,
Flanges and Fittings, and other Piping Components, Magnetic
Particle Examination Method
MSS SP-54 Quality Standard for Steel Castings and Forgings for Valves,
Flanges and Fittings, and other Piping Components, Radiographic
Examination Method
MSS SP-55 Quality Standard for Steel Castings for Valves, Flanges and
Fittings, and other Piping Components (Visual Method)
MSS SP-75 Specification for High Test Wrought Buttwelding Fittings
API RF 6F Recommended Practice for Fire Test for Valves
API 601 Dimensions for Spiral Wound Gaskets
API RP 520 Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Pressure
Relieving Systems in Refineries
API 526 Flanged Steel Safety Relief Valves
API 527 Commercial Seat Tightness of Safety Relief Valves with Metal-to-
Metal Seats
ASTM A 106 Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service
ASTM A234 Pipe Fittings or Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steels for
Moderate and Elevated Temperatures
ASTM A694 Forging, Carbon and Alloy Steel, for Pipe Flanges, Fittings and
Valves, and Parts for High-Pressure Transmission
ASTM A193 Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-
Temperature Service
ASTM A194 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts and Bolts for High-Pressure and High-
Temperature Service
ASTM A370 Methods and Definitions for Mechanical Testing of Steel Products
ASTM E384 Test Method for Microhardness of Materials
CAN/CSA 2662 Oil and Gas Pipeline Systems
CAN/CSA Z245.20-M92 External Fusion Bond Epoxy Coated Steel Pipe
CAN/CSA Z245.21-M92 and DIN External Polyethylene and Thermoplastic Coating for Line Pipes
30670/din 30671

15 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 15


(Continued) 1. : Codes and Design Standards
List of major international codes and standards affecting pipeline design, construction and operation

Acronym Organization/topic

API RP 5L2 Recommended Practice for Internal Coating of Line Pipe for Gas
Transmission Service
SSPC-SP1 Surface Preparation – Solvent Cleaning
SSPC-SP10 Surface Preparation Specification No.10 Near-White Blastcleaning
SSPC-VIS-1 Pictorial Surface Preparation for Painted Surfaces
SIS 05-5800-1967 Pictorial Surface Preparation Standard for Painting Steel Surfaces
SPSC-SP3 Power Tool Cleaning as per Steel Structure Painting Council
ASTM G8-72 Standard Test Methods for Cathodic Disbonding of Pipeline
Coatings
NACE RP-01-92 Control of External Corrosion on Undergroung or Submerged Piping
System
NACE RP-05-72 Design Installation. Operation, and Maintenance of Impressed
Current Deep Groundbed
NACE RP-01-77 Mitigation of Alternating Current and Lightning Effects on Metallic
Structures and Corrosion Control Systems
NACE RP-02-86 Mitigation of Alternating Current and Lightning Effects on Metallic
Structures and Corrosion Control Systems
NACE RP-02-74 High Voltage Electrical Inspection of Pipeline Coatings Prior to
Installation
IP Part I Model Code of Safe Practice, Electrical Safety Code
IP Part 15 Area Classification Code for Petroleum Installation
DEP 33.64.10.10 Electrical Engineering Guideline

16 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 16


(Continued) 1. : Codes and Design Standards
List of major international codes and standards affecting pipeline design, construction and operation

Acronym Organization/topic

API 500C Hazardous Area Classification


AGA 3 Measurement of Gas by Orifice Meters
AGA 8 Determination of Supercompressibility Factors for Natural Gas
AGA 9 Measurement of Gas by Turbine Meters
ANSI B40.1 Gauges and Pressure Indicating Dial Type, Elastic Element
IP Part 1 Model Code of Safe Practice, Electrical Ch. 3 Instrumentation
ISA Standards and Practices for Instrumentation
ASTM-A36 Structural Steel Manual of Steel Construction
ASTM-A82 Specification for Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM-A184 Specifications for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete
Reinforcement
ASTM-A185 Specification for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete
Reinforcement
ASTM-A196 Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement
ASTM-A615 Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement
ASTM-C33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates
ASTM-C39 Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Specimens
ASTM-C94 Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
ASTM-C136 Test for Sieve or Screen Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
ASTM-C150 Specification for Portland Cement
ASTM-C172 Method of Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete
ASTM-D422 Particle Size Analysis of Soil
ASTM-D698 Moisture Density Relations of Soil and Soil Aggregate Mixtures
Using 5.5 lb. Rammer
ASTM-D1557 Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate
Mixtures Using 10 lb. Rammer and 18 in Drop
ASTM-D2049 Standard Method of Test for Relative Density of Cohesion Soils
ASTM-D4318 Test for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soil
ISO 9001 Quality Systems for Design/Development Production, Installation,
and Servicing

17 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 17


1. : Codes and Design Standards
List of major European and Italian codes and standards affecting pipeline design, construction and operation

Acronym Organization/topic

UNI EN 14161 (2004) Petroleum and natural gas industries – Pipeline Transportation
Systems
UNI EN 1594 (2004) Gas supply systems - Pipelines for maximum operating pressure
over 16 bar - Functional requirements
UNI EN 10208-2:2009 Steel pipes for pipelines for combustible fluids – Technical delivery
conditions – Part 2: Pipes of requirement class B
UNI EN 12954:2002 Cathodic Protection of Buried or Immersed Metallic Structures -
General Principles and Application for Pipelines
D.Lgs 17 Aprile 2008 Nuove Norme Tecniche DM 14 gennaio 2008, nuove norme
tecniche sulle costruzioni. Pubblicato sulla Gazzetta Ufficiale n. 29
del 4 febbraio 2008 - Suppl. Ordinario n. 30
Decreto Interministeriale 21.03.1988, Approvazione delle norme tecniche per la progettazione,
n.449 l’esecuzione e l’esercio delle linee elettriche aeree esterne.
Nuove Norme Tecniche DM 14 Nuove norme tecniche sulle costruzioni. Pubblicato sulla Gazzetta
gennaio 2008 Ufficiale n. 29 del 4 febbraio 2008 - Suppl. Ordinario n. 30
D.Lgs. 9 Aprile 2008, n.81 Testo Unico per la Sicurezza
Attuazione dell’art.1 della legge 3 agosto 2007, n.123 in materia di
tutela della salute e sicurezza nei luoghi di lavoro.
D.Lgs. 3 Agosto 2009, n.106 Disposizioni integrative e correttive del D.Lgs. 9 Aprile 2008, n.81,
in materia di tutela della salute e della sicurezza nei luoghi di lavoro.

18 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 18


(Continued) 1. : Codes and Design Standards
List of major European and Italian codes and standards affecting pipeline design, construction and operation

Acronym Organization/topic

D.M. 4 Maggio 1998 Disposizioni relative alle modalità di presentazione ed al contenuto


delle domande per l’avvio dei procedimenti di prevenzione incendi,
nonché all’uniformità dei connessi servizi resi ai comandi provinciali
dei vigili del fuoco.
D.Lgs. 25 Febbraio 2000, n.93 Attuazione della direttiva 97/23/CE in materia di attrezzature a
pressione

Dlgs 3 aprile 2006, n. 152 e s.m.i. Norme in materia ambientale


(Ha abrogato DPR 18 aprile 1994, n.
526, DPR 12 aprile 1996, DPCM 10
agosto 1988, n. 377)
RDL 30 dicembre 1923, n. 3267 Riordinamento e riforma della legislazione in materia di boschi e di
terreni montani.
DLgs 22 gennaio 2004, n. 42 Codice dei beni culturali e del paesaggio, ai sensi dell'articolo 10
della legge 6 luglio 2002, n. 137.
DPCM 12 dicembre 2005 Codice dei beni culturali e del paesaggio.
DPR 8 settembre 1997, 357 Regolamento recante attuazione della direttiva 92/43/CEE relativa
alla conservazione degli habitat naturali e seminaturali, nonché
della flora e della fauna selvatiche.
L 6 dicembre 1991, n. 394 Legge quadro sulle aree protette
DPR 8 giugno 2001, n. 327 e s.m.i. Testo unico delle disposizioni legislative e regolamentari in materia
di espropriazione per pubblica utilità. (Testo A)
DLgs 27 dicembre 2004, n. 330 Integrazioni al Decreto del Presidente della Repubblica 8 giugno
2001, n. 327, in materia di espropriazione per la realizzazione di
infrastrutture lineari energetiche.

19 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 19


04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 2. : Routing Design

- Section 2.1 : Routing Criteria


- Section 2.2 : Design Standard
- Section 2.3 : Crossings Design Criteria
- Section 2.4 : Route in Mountains and Steep Slopes
- Section 2.5 : Onshore Pipeline Surveys
- Section 2.6 : New technologies in Pipeline Routing
- Section 2.7 : Route design (live examples)

20 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 20


2.1: ROUTING CRITERIA
Routing is one of the most crucial design phase of an onshore
pipeline transportation system.

Routing is the process of selecting the most cost effective


route complying with the main constraints of crossed country,
i.e.:

• legislation;
• environmental;
• physical or man made.

21 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 21


2.1: ROUTING CRITERIA
Pipeline route selection is the process of defining an optimised
connection between two or more points to be linked with each
other via a pipeline transportation system.

The route optimisation is performed as an iterative process that


weighs and balances several different influences that are
encountered on a route, causing either deviations of the initial
line or the need for the implementation of specific construction
or design methods.

The starting point for every pipeline route selection process is


a straight connection between a defined start and end point,
between which a certain product has to be transported.

22 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 22


PIPELINE ROUTING OBJECTIVES

The strategic objectives in a pipeline route selection study are


to:

• comply with legal and regulatory requirements of


different countries;
• care for environment;
• ensure pipeline integrity;
• obtain agreements from landowners;
• obtain agreements for crossings (e.g. roads, railways,
rivers etc.);
• minimize the capital cost of the pipeline
• continuous delivery the “Oil-Gas Product”.

23 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 23


PIPELINE ROUTING OBJECTIVES

24 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 24


ROUTE SELECTION STRATEGY
The route selection is strictly connected with the design terms
of the project.

All the project bodies (owner, engineer and other consultants


contractors) have to participate with own roles and
responsibilities to the process of route selection.

Owner (company) will define the project criteria (“philosophy”),


the preliminary contour conditions, the pipeline ends (at the
available design level), authorities framework context for the
following engineering development.

25 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 25


ROUTE SELECTION STRATEGY

The awareness of the philosophy of a pipeline project has to be


always taken into consideration during the development of the
project and firstly in the route selection in order to evaluate in
terms of cost-benefit, the issues arising from the land impact of
a pipeline.

Huge pipeline projects will have a great impact on society,


environment and economics of crossed countries.

The route selection starts as soon as the early territorial data


are collected and is carried on with implementation of relevant
data.

26 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 26


ROUTE SELECTION STRATEGY

For pipeline projects, different alternative corridors are normally


defined at the beginning, on large scale basis i.e. on large scale
maps; hence the decision process starts based upon rough
evaluations on the basis of available data.

Only the most promising alternatives will be selected and


brought to a further design stage.

As this first phase of selection is based on rough data, hence a


good engineering practice on pointing out the related different
issues and effectiveness of decision making of the whole
organization project, is fundamental.

27 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 27


MAJOR COSTRAINS FOR THE PIPELINE ROUTING

• Engineering Constraints

• Environmental Constraints

• Constructability Constraints

• Health & Safety Constraints

• Security Constraints

• Geological Constraints

28 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 28


Engineering Constraints

• The type of Oil/Gas or product to be delivered


• H2S
• Waxing
• Process Conditions
• Temperature
• Pressure
• Materials
• Carbon Steel
• Composites
• Terrain
• Mountains
• Desert
• Swamps

29 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 29


Environmental Constraints
• Farm Land – Woodland – Forest – Wastland

• Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI)

• Industrial – Congested Services – Contaminated

• Mountains - rare habitats plants & fauna

• Desert – Sand dunes – Archaeology

• Swamp – Peat – Mongrove

• Permafrost – Sabka – Shore lines

• Cold – Rain - Erosion


30 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 30
Constructability Constraints

• Working width

• Access

• Terrain Slope

• Type of Soil

• Rock

• Geological

• Construction period

31 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 31


Health & Safety Constraints

• High Hazard Pipelines

• High Densities of Populations

• Proximity to Buildings

• Planning Constraints

• Safe in Construction

32 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 32


Security Constraints

• Country risks
• Political
• Health
• War

• Threats of violence

• Threats of theft

• Limited Access

• Environmental threats

33 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 33


Geological Constraints
• Rocky ground (blast impact)

• Soft ground; high water table/surface water

• Landslides

• Flooding & hydrology

• Seismicity, soil liquefaction, faults crossings

• Excavation, backfill & soil disposal

• Soil Erosion & restoration

34 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 34


ROUTE DESIGN SELECTION PROCESS
The route design selection process includes three main
design phases:

1. FEASIBILITY PHASE which includes:


a. Conceptual Design Phase: selection of the best corridor
of interest
b. Selection Design Phase: selection of the best route
c. Definition Design Phase: full definition of selected route

2. FRONT END ENGINEERING PHASE: authorization to be


obtained

3. DETAIL DESIGN PHASE: construction documentation to be


produced

35 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 35


Onshore pipeline route design

Pipeline routing has to be


considered an iterative design
process, as data regarding sites
likely to affect route selection can
only be obtained once input route
corridor has been given as
“starting”, “ending”, “connecting”
and “constraint” points.

36 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 36


Feasibility Phase: Conceptual Design Phase

The aim of the conceptual phase is to find out the best


corridor of interest for the pipeline by comparison and
screening of different solutions and alternatives.

The routing study based on a desk study is performed once


the following key information are given by the Owner:

• starting and ending points;


• strategic or intermediate fixed points (way points)
(e.g., areas or countries to be crossed by the project);
• general design statements (e.g., parallelism with
existing pipelines or other linear utilities).

37 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 37


Routing design – starting points

Samsun Tank Farm

38 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 38


Routing design – starting points

Tartous mountains crossing

39 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 39


Routing design – starting points

Route refinement for morphological reason

40 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 40


Different Options at ending point

41 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 41


Feasibility Phase: Conceptual Design Phase

The major constraints such as cities, estuaries, mountains, wet


lands and major environmental areas are identified working
along each pipeline or network link. Decisions on deviation or
crossing are formulated.

This process usually ends in a series of straight lines avoiding


major constraints and the 'corridor of interest' can then be
marked along the route. The shortest link between starting and
arrival points is not necessarily the best route. Broad cost
estimates is undertaken to support such decisions.

42 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 42


Route alternatives Comparison
TSB Project

.
CRR WR
Total Length site A 553+260 549+025 (- 4.3)
Total length site C 543+890 542+100 (-1.8)
PS1 Maximum Elevation 2068 m 2126 m
Peak after PRS 1730 m 1661 m
PS2
Wall thickness (ton) 20 km 25.4 mm
Better sizing
required
BTC (BTCX) 4 -
River 1 RVX1 4 RVX1

Crossings
(RVX1 & RVX2) 6 RVX2 3 RVX2
Road 4 RDX1 3 RDX1
(RDX1 & RDX2) 18 RDX2 4 RDX2
Railway (RWX) 1 1
PS3
BTC Parallelism 68 km 18 km
31.5 km 30.0 km
Hard Rock
(% 12.3) (% 11.9)
101.9 km 8.8 km
Loose Soil

Soil
(% 39.9) (% 3.5)
53.2 km 92.5 km
Loose Soil Wet
(% 20.9) (% 36.9)
68.7 km 119.7 km
Soft Rock
PS4 (% 26.9) (% 47.7)
87.7 km 112.9 km
Flat
(% 34.3) (% 45.0)

Terrain
14.8 km 28.8 km
Steep
(% 5.8) (% 11.4)
152.8 km 109.3 km
Undulated (hilly)
(% 59.9) (% 43.6)
0.2 km 0.5 km
Dense

Population
(% 0.1) (% 0.2)
24.7 km 19.5 km
Scattered Housed
(% 9.6) (% 7.8)
230.4 km 231.0 km
Uninhabited
(% 90.3) (% 92.0)
128.4 km 142.9 km
Cultivated
(% 50.3) (% 56.9)

Land Use
PRS PRS_CRR 0.6 km 16.2 km
Fruit Trees
(% 0.2) (% 6.4)
96.9 km 48.5 km
Uncultivated
(% 38.0) (% 19.4)
Legend
Forest 21 29
TSB_west_route
TSB_CRR_Route Juniperus - Cedar 4.5 13
BTC_pipeline
cmt_A Maquis 7.5 3
CMT_C
cmt_C
PS&PRS_WR
Accessibility
PRS_CRR 6 km poor 20 km very poor
CMT_A 0 10 20 40 60 80
Kilometers

43 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 43


Feasibility Phase: Conceptual Design Phase
The routing process starts finding out, locating and referencing
the following data:

• main existing pipelines routes and relevant facilities (e.g.


valve, traps and compression stations);
• major cities and linear utilities;
• protected areas and national parks;
• physical features of the crossed regions (mountain
chains, sand dunes, salted areas);
• geohazard areas (faults zones, swamps, flooding,
landslides, permafrost areas).

44 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 44


Routing design – Seismic Faults Assessment

Faults Zones Crossed

M ax. D esign
K
P N
am
e
S
lip(m) S
lip(m)

70+500 K
arayaka N
A N
A
72+700 E
rbaa-N
iksar 2.10 S
pm
:1.07
83+700 E
sencay 3.20 N
A
87+500 E
zinepazari 3.05 N
A
75+000 G
urcesm
e N
A N
A
110+100 A
lm
us 3.20 N
A
251+000 D
eliler 2.60 N
A
406+000 G
oksun 2.75 N
A
434+500 0.90 N
A
C
okak
439+000 0.80 N
A
537+700 K
aratas 3.20 N
A
171+000 A
vcipinari-1 0.15 N
A

45 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 45


Feasibility Phase: Conceptual Design Phase

Other key data, necessary in the early design phase, are:


• preliminary construction schedule to evaluate the
seasonal effects on construction work;
• access and delivery points for a preliminary logistic study
(e.g. harbours, roads, railway stations and
• networks).

At the end of the conceptual phase, one or more of the


alternative routes and relevant terrain profiles are
available for preliminary pipeline sizing.

The outcome results in pipeline dimensions and


compressor/pumping performance levels are integrated into an
initial investment cost estimate.

46 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 46


Feasibility Phase: Conceptual Design Phase

In this design phase, the following data are gathered:

Country maps (e.g. 1:500.000)


Obtained from National Mapping Agencies/commercial
Companies or use remote sensing data acquired from
Satellite platform.

Thematic maps (e.g. 1:1.000.000).


A bibliographic research has to be carried out of the available
thematic maps, with particular reference to the geology and
geomorphology features as well as land use and seismic.

47 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 47


Routing design – analysisAREE
ofOMOGENEE
localFRAfeatures
LA PROGRESSIVA 0 - 250 KP

TSB Project - Spread 1

PS1
.
UNDULATED [130 Km]
PS2
FLAT 68 Km]
STEEP SLOPE [78 km]

Spread 1

29%
Cultivated A
PS3
Forest F
55% Pasture P

16%

KP
Denomination Description
Position
Passing over the
1-65 Black Sea Focal Point
This area is steep, with dense vegetation (woods and forests)
and not very accessible.
Mountains
Black The first part of the Black Sea Mountains crossing is
1-6
Mountains area characterized by some deep streams with steep faces.
PS4
Main Road Crossing in Narrow point for crossing and little space for
5.4
Legend
Unye-Caybasi thrust boring.
TSB_CRR_Route
BTC_pipeline
57 Golcugez Steep river crossing
TSB_west_route
Bypassing of Tokat across the mountains located at south-east
cmt_A
Bypass of
of the town. Difficult way down in direction of the Main
cmt_C

128
Tokat.
PS&PRS_WR

PRS_CRR
Road Tokat-Sivas and crossing of the road.
0 5 10 20 30 40
Kilometers Dokmetas
251 Rough area surmounted by some small seasonal streams
0 Village

48 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 48


Feasibility Phase: Conceptual Design Phase
DTM (Digital Terrain Model)
During the conceptual phase, it is essential to have a fairly
accurate idea of the morphology in the study area.
DTMs will be searched on internet (resolution varying between
90 m and 1000 m).

Mapping existing pipelines


In pipeline routing, information on existing pipelines is
Fundamental from early design stage, as the tendency is to
follow the existing structures.

This information is entered in the system based either on


information provided by the Owner or derived from the available
cartography, and the existing pipelines are plotted on available
maps.
49 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 49
Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase

The aim of the concept selection phase is the “selection of


the best route” through a more accurate desk study without (or
with only few) field feedback, hence the decisional process
has to be fast but effective, avoiding surveys and every kind of
site investigations.

During the Selection Design Phase, the previously


established 'Corridor of Interest' is subject to confirmation
and refinement, in order to consolidate the corridor for the
selection of environmental baseline data and subsequent
narrowing to the `preferred route corridor'.

50 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 50


Routing study – intermediate plant approach

51 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 51


Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase
In this design phase, site visit and/or “early” reconnaissance
survey should be addressed.

Reconnaissance survey grows as importance, until in


mountainous area it is strongly recommended.

Reconnaissance survey shall be performed by


multidiscipline team covering the following issues:

• environment
• geology and geohazard;
• construction.

52 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 52


Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase

The route is defined in detail by narrowing the corridor up to


1:100.000 scale approx according to the following criteria:

• the most linear (and therefore the shortest) route is sought


once the compulsory passage points are set due to the
main territorial/political constrains; where possible, a route
running parallel to existing pipelines is generally preferred
and chosen to establish “technical corridors”, so that
should be easier obtaining concessions on right of way of
the new pipeline route. Nevertheless, where the route of
existing pipelines is deemed to be unfavourable or
resulted in excessive lengthening of the route, parallelism
is avoided;
>>>
53 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 53
Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase
• preference is given to sharing the existing pipeline plants
(i.e. compression stations and other existing
appurtenances);

• urban areas are avoided and a route that passed away


from most densely inhabited areas is selected;

• protected areas and national parks are avoided/minimized;

• areas that seem most favourable for major river crossings


are selected;

• linear infrastructures, such as road and railway networks


are taken into account in order to minimise any
interference;
54 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 54
Routing study – Oil Spill and geohazard criticalities

55 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 55


Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase

• the route through the more uneven areas (mountains


chains, sand dunes, etc.) has to run through the
plains and valleys as far as possible, or through the
most favourable ridges. Certain areas are normally
avoided in routing a pipeline due to possible instability
in the soil leading to excessive stresses in the pipes.
Such areas include landfill sites, historic shallow mining
areas, naturally unstable land slopes, sand dunes and
swamps. In these cases a new route would be selected
to take the pipeline outside the area of instability if at all
possible. In some locations this may not be possible
and engineering measures would have to be taken to
mitigate the possible problems; these measures can be
very expensive.
56 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 56
Feasibility Phase Selection Design Phase

These criteria represent the routing guideline normally


followed but, nevertheless, in many situations the choice
of a route is not simple, given that we are still dealing with
a desk study that is a reliable indicator of the task, from the
point of view of assessments and costs but which will
certainly be subject to changes during the subsequent
stages of project investigation.

57 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 57


Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase

Topography maps (e.g. 1:100.000)


For the composition of the cartographic basis, generally the
available “medium scale” topographic maps (i.e. 1:100.000 or
similar) have to be collected.

Satellite Images (HR).


The satellite data offer a more efficient, higher-confidence
route planning process. It is important to carry out design
analyses on updated land use maps at scale 1:100.000, river
and road network, urban areas.
Optical satellite remote sensing such as (Landsat, SPOT,
IRS) can be used for the design phase because they have a
spatial resolution compatible with 1:100.000 approx map
scale.

58 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 58


Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase
Thematic maps
In this phase, the project must be drafted on updated
thematic maps to obtain the actual situation of the pipeline
route. Commercially available maps are not always
adequately updated. As, in most cases, the updating of these
maps, or the production of new maps could not be available,
they can be achieved using high-resolution satellite images
The maps that are normally employed in this phase are:
9 state boundaries;
9 land cover with particular emphasis on major urban
areas;
9 road network including major transport infrastructures;
9 hydrographic network;
9 existing pipelines.

59 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 59


Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase

DTM
In this phase, it is essential that the digital terrain model
covering the examined pipeline corridor is more accurate than
the previous one. If this data are not available, it can be
produced in two different ways:

9 by integrating the existing model with contour lines and spot


elevations present on topographic maps at scale 1:100.000;

9 by carrying out a flight with laser sensor that can provide an


extremely accurate digital model, with detail greater than that
needed for this phase, but indispensable for next phase
(concept definition).

60 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 60


Feasibility Phase: Selection Design Phase

Derived maps
The combined processing of satellite images with existing
cartography provides updated information which is
consistent with the needs of the project:
• road network indicating the main infrastructures
present in the area;
• hydrographic network;
• land cover and land use;
• verification of the pipelines and other existing
structures;
• map of anthropized areas.

61 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 61


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase
The aim of the definition design phase is the full definition of
the selected route through the collection of more detailed and
updated design data obtained by:
• acquiring detailed cartography (i.e. official topographic
maps and/or detailed satellite and/or aerial
• remotely-sensed data);
• on-site reconnaissance surveys;
• initial negotiations with public authorities and landscape
surveys.
Within the context of the concept definition phase, the
economic viability of the project is depicted on the basis of the
best alternative normally with an accuracy +/- 30 % taking into
consideration all known or estimated cost groups for
construction and operation.

62 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 62


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase
The following main factors are investigated during this phase to
finalize the route:

environmentally sensitive areas:


• areas of outstanding beauty;
• areas of archaeological importance;
• areas of designated landscape;
• areas of conservation interest;
• natural resources such as water catchment areas,
reservoirs and forestry;
• aquifers and potable water supplies;

63 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 63


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

facilities:
• pipelines;
• underground and above ground services;
• tunnels;

third-party activities:
• land use;
• mineral working;
• mining;
• military zones;
• urban development plans;

64 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 64


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase
environmental conditions:
geotechnical conditions:
uneven topography, outcrops and depressions;
instability like faults and fissuring;
soft and waterlogged ground;
soil corrosivity;
rock and hard ground;
flood plains;
earthquake areas;
muskeg and permafrost areas;
areas of land slippage, subsidence and differential
settlement;
infill land and waste disposal sites including those
contaminated by disease or radioactivity;
hydrographic conditions.
65 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 65
66 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 66
Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

Before starting field reconnaissance, it is advisable to gather as


much information as possible from published sources along the
corridor of interest.

The distance from populated area should be considered,


following applicable codes, in order that the minimum distance
of the pipeline route from buildings of various types can be
taken into account in determining the pipeline route.

Local or central government offices may provide relevant


information but sufficient time should be allowed for this
exercise as it can involve visits to many different offices even if
it is known what information is available.

67 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 67


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

The field reconnaissance has to be carried out by multi-


disciplinary teams led by senior pipeline engineers and
comprising discipline specialists (i.e., geologist, environmental
and construction).

In developing countries, it may be possible to view much of the


route from a vehicle but access difficulties combined, possibly,
with the length of a long pipeline, may preclude this at this
stage. In this case aerial viewing is the best option from either a
small fixed wing plane, or preferably, a helicopter. As a result of
observations during the initial field reconnaissance, the position
of the route can be adjusted if necessary to represent a feasible
pipeline route avoiding major known constraints and complying
with the design code in relation to proximity distances.

68 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 68


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

Once a feasible preliminary route has been identified it will


usually be possible to reduce the width of the pipeline corridor
subject to further investigation and consultation. For a long
distance pipeline, the corridor width may now be reduced up to
0.5 km wide.

Constraints identified from topographic and geological maps,


codes and standards and from site reconnaissance, represent
only part of the data required to select the pipeline route.

69 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 69


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

At the earliest possible opportunity following development


of the broad corridor of interest, key Statutory Authorities
must be consulted to:

• obtain data on non-visible constraints;


• provide early notification of other project proposals.

A limited list of authorities who control sites of major


dimensions should be initially consulted.

70 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 70


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

Discussions are usually held in confidence as landowners


and occupiers will not be aware of the proposals at this
stage. Examples of key participants likely to impact route
selection are:

• Planning Authorities;
• Water Authorities (river crossings and abstraction
sources);
• Special cases depending on route location (e.g.
government departments, harbour boards etc.).

In view of the requirements for confidentiality, this initial list


has to be minimised.

71 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 71


Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

Although, public utility authorities are unlikely to affect


route selection at this scale it could require the
presentation of a (Preliminary) Environmental Impact
Assessment (PEIA) which main goals are to:

• provide early identification of likely impacts or


designated sites;
• convey accurate information to Authorities and
Third parties;
• inform company management of environmental
implications.

72 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 72


Feasability Phase: Definition Design Phase
Detailed topographic maps (1:25.000/1:50.000)
In this phase, official updated 1:25.000 (or in alternative,
1:50.000) scale maps are the most suitable.

Satellite images (VHR)


If it is difficult to find out what mapping is available or to
obtain it in the country, fine resolution (0.7 to 10 m) images
are available from the following platforms:

• Ikonos (spatial resolution up to 1 m);


• Quick Bird (spatial resolution up to 0.70 m);
• Eros (spatial resolution up to 1 m).

73 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 73


Feasability Phase: Definition Design Phase

(con’t) Satellite images (VHR)


Aerial:
• digital orthophotos with resolution of 15-20
cm;
• traditional orthophotos (1:2.000 – 1:8000);
• images acquired by airborne multispectral
sensors.

Radar satellite images to define the instable areas


through the interferometric processing.

74 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 74


75 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 75
Feasibility Phase: Definition Design Phase

DTM (1:10.000 , 1:500)


In this design phase the DTM must ensure extreme
precision, both in the elevation and in the layout.
This DTM is produced by implementing a flight with laser
sensor. The derived model presents an accuracy in
elevation of at least 15 cm, and a spatial resolution which
depends on the flight elevation (until 0.70 cm).

Derived maps
The combined processing of detailed maps with results of
the reconnaissance survey provides updated information
which is consistent with the needs of the project.

76 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 76


77 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 77
Front End Engineering Phase

Front End Engineering takes place immediately after the full


definition of selected route when the authorization process can
start.

In this phase authorities and land owners are officially informed


about the proposed pipeline.

Most countries have legislation which covers the environmental


impact of a pipeline. In many countries, the legislation requires
an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) to be carried out so
that the impacts can be identified and acceptable mitigation
measures proposed.

78 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 78


Front End Engineering Phase

Within the context of route surveying, comprehensive


investigations are also performed in Landowner
Agreement.

At this stage, detailed pipeline routing and negotiation with


landowners and occupiers take place to enable the route
alignment drawings to be produced and issued for
construction. These are normally based on larger scale
maps (i.e., cadastral maps). Where major pipelines affect
several hundred owners and occupiers, the importance of
maintaining uniform terms of agreement can be highly
emphasised.
.

79 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 79


Front End Engineering Phase

It is essential that the authorities responsible for major


crossings, particularly railways, trunk roads,motorways and
major water courses, may appraise the proposed pipeline
route at an early stage. At least agreement in principle has
to be obtained, in writing, before the overall routing process
Has progressed too far.

Future widening, re-alignment and other general


improvements of the feature to be crossed must be
identified and allowed for in the design of the crossing.

80 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 80


Front End Engineering Phase

Once agreement is obtained, detailed design can follow at a


later stage but continuous liaison must be maintained, and
where formal consent is required, this must be pursued
continuously as obtaining it can be a protracted business.

81 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 81


Front End Engineering Phase

In this project stage, detailed survey are carried out to


provide data and plans for pipeline design and easement
acquisition or licensing procedures.

In sparsely populated uncultivated areas where vehicle


access is not a problem it is becoming more cost effective to
produce alignment drawings through use of GPS which
allow accurate positioning anywhere in the world to levels of
precision far in advance of anything possible previously.
Special satellites with known orbital data transmit signals
are received and evaluated by GPS receivers.

82 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 82


Front End Engineering Phase

Use of this system directly provides three-dimensional


coordinates in a global surveying system (WGS – World
Geodetic System). Data involved in the required national
reference system are then produced by means of
transformations.
Within the context of route surveying, comprehensive
investigations are also performed in order to obtain
data relating to the property owners and tenants
affected by
the construction project.

83 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 83


Front End Engineering Phase

Minor re-routes to accommodate the day-to-day operations


of a landowner/occupier may however be of benefit to both
parties, for example:
• unnecessary severance of major plot, requiring
several transverse;
• accesses to allow the owner to negotiate the right of
way during pipeline construction;
• routing along major land drainage collection headers
or outfalls causing-high reinstatement cost and
difficulty of repair;
• traversing established field boundaries at an acute
angle necessitating extensive renewal after
construction.

84 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 84


Front End Engineering Phase
In this phase, documentation required for permits and design
purpose is produced, i.e. detailed topographical maps
(1:10.000 scale or less) with selected route, different derived
and thematic maps for EIA, cadastral maps for land
acquisition. About design, material take-offs for long lead
items are provided.

Together with the design basis data, the topographical data


constitutes the basis for producing main maps and plans.

Satellite images are largely used in this phase in combination


with topographical data. Images type and resolution are
normally the same acquired in the Definition Design Phase.

85 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 85


Detail Design Phase
Detailed design of a pipeline normally starts once
authorization for its construction has been obtained.

Detailed design phase may take place prior to the award of


a conventional construction contract or after award as part
of an EPC (Engineering, Procurement, and Construction)
Contract.

In this phase, detailed documentation required for


construction purpose is produced, i.e. construction plans
(alignment sheets) and final material take-offs.
Detailed surveys (topographical and soil investigation)
constitutes the basis for producing the construction plans.
The pipeline itself is indicated and surveyed (staking) by its
axis at location where it changes direction (bends).

86 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 86


04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 2. : Routing Design

- Section 2.1 : Routing Criteria


- Section 2.2 : Design Standard
- Section 2.3 : Crossings Design Criteria
- Section 2.4 : Route in Mountains and Steep Slopes
- Section 2.5 : Onshore Pipeline Surveys
- Section 2.6 : New technologies in Pipeline Routing
- Section 2.7 : Route design (live examples)

87 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 87


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Right-of-way – single pipeline (NPS 48)

88 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 88


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Right-of-way – parallelism to existing pipeline (NPS 48)

89 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 89


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Narrow right-of-way NPS 48

90 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 90


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Narrow Right-of-way NPS 48 parallel to existing pipeline

91 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 91


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Trench protection

92 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 92


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Well Point equipment for ditch drainage

93 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 93


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical shaft for thrust boring machine (1/3)

94 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 94


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical shaft for thrust boring machine (2/3)

95 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 95


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical shaft for thrust boring machine (3/3)

96 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 96


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Net protection for stone fall

97 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 97


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical ditch and pipe cover

98 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 98


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical trench configuration (1/2)

99 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 99


2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical trench configuration (2/2)

100 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 100
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Fiber optic cable laying configuration 1/2

101 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 101
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Fiber optic cable laying configuration 2/2

102 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 102
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Typical existing high dangerous fluids pipeline crossing

103 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 103
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical existing water pipeline crossing

104 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 104
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical existing irrigation pipeline crossing

105 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 105
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical cable crossing in duct pipe

106 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 106
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Typical cable crossing without duct pipe

107 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 107
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Existing gas and oil pipeline crossing

108 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 108
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Sewage crossing

109 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 109
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Pipeline protection: Concrete casing 1/3

110 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 110
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Pipeline protection: Concrete casing 2/3

111 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 111
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Pipeline protection: Concrete casing 3/3

112 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 112
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Cold bend NPS 48

113 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 113
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Hot bends NPS 48

114 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 114
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Concrete coating for buoyancy control

115 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 115
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Concrete coating for mechanical protection

116 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 116
2.2 : ROUTING DESIGN STANDARD

Trench breakers

117 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 117
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 2. : Routing Design

- Section 2.1 : Routing Criteria


- Section 2.2 : Design Standard
- Section 2.3 : Crossings Design Criteria
- Section 2.4 : Routing in Mountains and Steep Slopes
- Section 2.5 : Onshore Pipeline Surveys
- Section 2.6 : New technologies in Pipeline Routing
- Section 2.7 : Route design (live examples)

118 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 118
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA
The aim of the design for buried river crossings is to
minimize the risk of pipeline exposure or damage to
the pipeline for the design flood and for the
economic life of the pipeline.

This is done via the following steps:


• computing the design flow and water level;
• assessing the potential for and magnitude of the
general and local bed scour;
• analyzing the potential for bank erosion or
channel switching or the development for new
channels across or near the pipeline; and
• if necessary, designing bank and bed structures
to protect the pipeline from the influence of the
river.
119 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 119
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

The design of elevated river crossings requires an


assessment of:

• the design flood magnitude, the design water


level and the necessary freeboard or clearance;

• scour potential for instream piers or abutments;

• potential for channel changes and the need for


and design of river training structures for the
piers or abutments.

120 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 120
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

The design of river crossings involves both quantitative and


qualitative assessments. The quantitative analysis consists
of computing the magnitude of the design flood and is
corresponding water level.

Scour or riverbed lowering is computed via quantitative


techniques and qualitative assessments.

The assessment of potential future bank erosion or channel


switches is primarily a qualitative assessment. Depending
on the magnitude of floods experienced during the
available period of airphotos, historic bank erosion, as per
comparative airphotos.

121 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 121
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

It should be noted that for smaller rivers and especially low


velocity conditions, exposure of a buried pipeline does not
necessarily result in pipeline integrity concerns.

The aim of the design should however always minimize, for


the design flood, foreseeable river conditions, and for the
life of the pipeline, the probability of and extent of pipeline
exposure.

122 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 122
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

The steps are:

• Measure the drainage area at the crossing from


topographic plans or obtain from published information
by government agencies.

• Establish the appropriate design flood criteria as


established by the owner and/or by the government
regulators.

123 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 123
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

• Compute the design water level by extrapolating historic


high water marks from known water levels at bridges, for
example, and/or by computation using river surveys (at
least three cross sections required). Computations can be
done via a simple backwater analysis or by commonly
used models such as HEC-RAS developed by the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers. The impact of ice (breakup and
icings) on the design water level must be recognized. For
many northern rivers, a moderate flow during breakup
produces the maximum water level.

124 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 124
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

• Measure or estimate the superficial riverbed material


sizes on gravel bars or along bars at the edge of the river
(use a “by number” rather than “by weight” analysis). The
material on the surface is important is scour calculations –
the superficial material will “armor” or pave the riverbed
thus limiting the scour potential. The finer sand to silt
sizes commonly intermixed with gravel/cobbles/boulders
is not key in computing scour depth. For sand bed rivers,
containing few if any gravel or boulders sizes, undertake
a grain size analysis or a bulk sample to establish bed
material sizes.

125 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 125
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

• Compute general scour or general riverbed lowering due


to the design flood, using various empirical methods or
computer models.

• Estimate local scour that could occur at channel bends or


at confluences of channels or near bridge piers or river
training structures. From an analysis of extensive
empirical data for gravel bed rivers (where available) and
pipeline operational experience.
Local scour is generally much more significant than
general scour.

126 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 126
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

• Estimate from field and airphoto assessments, the


potential long term future bank erosion and channel
changes that could affect the crossing. Determine
whether to provide sufficient setbank of the sagbend and
thus pipe profile into the bank (or adequate length or
elevated crossings) for the potential bank erosion or
whether to armor the bank or bridge abutment, thus
protecting the pipeline crossing. The optimum method
depends on site-specific river conditions, pipeline bending
considerations and economics. For economic, pipe
bending and thermal reasons, excavation into a steep
unstable slope may not be desirable thus necessitating
bank armoring structures. The impact of construction on
the stability of the riverbanks should be considered in
establishing sagbend locations.
127 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 127
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

• Where the pipeline is parallel to, or in the main channel or


floodplain, estimate the potential bank erosion, channel
changes and the development of new channels. A
channel change upstream caused by a landslide or bank
erosion or accumulation of debris can change flow
conditions near to or over the pipeline.

128 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 128
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

129 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 129
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

Detail drawing of major river crossing

130 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 130
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

131 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 131
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

Detail drawing of minor river crossing

132 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 132
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

133 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 133
RIVER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

134 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 134
OTHER CROSSINGS CRITERIA

135 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 135
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Typical rail way crossing

136 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 136
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Detail drawing of rail way crossing

137 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 137
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Typical rail way crossing in tunnel

138 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 138
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Typical roads crossing

139 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 139
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Detail drawing of road crossing

140 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 140
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Minor road crossings (open trench)

141 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 141
PIPELINE ROUTING DESIGN CRITERIA

Access roads

142 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 142
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 2. : Routing Design

- Section 2.1 : Routing Criteria


- Section 2.2 : Design Standard
- Section 2.3 : Crossings Design Criteria
- Section 2.4 : Routing in Mountains and Steep Slopes
- Section 2.5 : Onshore Pipeline Surveys
- Section 2.6 : New technologies in Pipeline Route Design
- Section 2.7 : Route design (live examples)

143 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 143
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

Design criteria and experiences recommend to cross


mountains and challenging areas selecting pipeline routes
along:

• Ridges
• Valley floors
• Max slope lines

144 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 144
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES
Routes along side slope sections are preferably avoided due to:
• Risk of land slides and increase of accidental loads
(Upstream)
• Risk of soil erosion by rainfall (Downstream)
• Increase of earth works for preparation of right-of-ways
• Widening of right-of-ways and increase of environmental
impact
Therefore, this solution has to be avoided specially when
crossing unstable areas, with poor mechanical characteristics
of the soil, featured by soft clays, loess, loose rocky formations,
morainic deposits and glacial drifts.
145 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 145
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

When possible, route sections in hilly areas are


preferably designed along ridges and max slope lines.
In these cases, it is necessary to adopt special solutions:
• Narrow right-of-ways
• Special handling and construction means (i.e.
cableway)
• Manual welding in the trench
• Radiographic testing on 100% welds and Ultrasonic
testing on 10% welds (min.).

146 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 146
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

147 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 147
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

148 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 148
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

NPS 48 TRANSMED GAS PIPELINE (ITALY)

149 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 149
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

150 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 150
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

NPS 48 TRANSMED GAS PIPELINE (ITALY)


CROSSING OF APENNINES CHAIN

151 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 151
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

NPS 48 TRANSMED GAS PIPELINE (ITALY)


PIPELINE ROUTE ALONG RIDGES

152 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 152
OD 48” TRANSMED GAS PIPELINE (ITALY)
STRINGING AND WELDING

RIDGES IN ITALY

153 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 153
STEEP SLOPES: DETAILS

RIDGES IN ALGERIA

154 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 154
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

STEEP SLOPES: DETAILS

155 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 155
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

STEEP SLOPES: DETAILS

156 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 156
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

STEEP SLOPES: DETAILS

157 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 157
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

STEEP SLOPES: DETAILS

158 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 158
2.4: ROUTING IN MOUNTAINS AND STEEP SLOPES

SAND BAG REINFORCEMENT ON STEEP SLOPE

159 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 159
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 2. : Routing Design

- Section 2.1 : Routing Criteria


- Section 2.2 : Design Standard
- Section 2.3 : Crossings Design Criteria
- Section 2.4 : Routing in Mountains and Steep Slopes
- Section 2.5 : Onshore Pipeline Surveys
- Section 2.6 : New technologies in Pipeline Routing
- Section 2.7 : Route design (live examples)

160 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 160
2.5 : ONSHORE PIPELINE SURVEYS

A pipeline system survey is sanctioned prior to


construction to obtain a complete and
comprehensive record of all physical aspects
associated with the system.

To design and construct a pipeline project the


following survey activities are required:

9Engineering survey
9Legal survey
9Construction survey
9As-built survey

161 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 161
2.5 : ONSHORE PIPELINE SURVEYS

Engineering survey normally includes:

9 Topographical survey

9 Soil Investigation survey

162 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 162
Topographical Survey
Prior to detailed engineering phase and preparartion
of detailed drawings (alignment sheets and crossing
drawings), a topographical survey is necessary to
acquire and document the following information:
9 a chainage (a measurement along the
length of pipeline) of the proposed ditch
line, taking note of all physical features,
boundaries, road, railways, utility crossings
and special points (e.g., area requiring
buoyancy control);
9 an elevation profile for the entire route;
9 detailed profiles at crossings;
9 site information at proposed facilities.

163 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 163
Topographical Survey
The topo survey can be conducted congruent
with legal survey. The following steps are required:

9 establishing the route


9 running the survey line
9 contour chainage
9 line profile
9 individual profiles

164 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 164
Topo Survey: Establishing the Route
This phase is strictly connected to the results and
knowledge acquired by pipeline engineers during the
field reconnaissance survey.

Particularly, is required the followings:

9 adherence to route established (note all


deviations)
9 maximum utilization of photo-mosaics or
“Google Map” tools
9 use of any related legal plans for paralleling
existing right-of-way

165 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 165
Topo Survey: Running the Survey Line

It requires the following steps:

9 run the survey along the center line of the


ditch
9 show all side bends as deflection (right or
left) and their value and direction.
9 limit all deflection angles to max pipe bend
9 use, when practical, crossings angles no less
than 70 deg at all major crossings (water
courses, roads, railways etc.)
9 verify/mantain required minimum clearance
from any obstacles (buildings, existing
facilities,…)

166 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 166
Topo Survey: Contour Chaining
The contour chain should be developed at no less
than 100-meter intervals and the following items
recorded at the appropriate chainage location:

9 topographical features
9 Description of forestation and vegetation
9 Centerline of roads, trails, railroads,..
9 Cultivated and pasture land, muskeg,
swamp…
9 Fences, power lines, cables
9 Pipeline and other buried utilities
9 Seismic lines
9 Creeks, rivers, steep slopes, water’s edge,
canals, banks

167 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 167
Topo Survey: Line Profile and Individual Profile
In order to develop line profiles it is essential to
utilize available geodetic benchmarks (railways,
highways,…).

Elevation should be taken at all benchmarks locations.

Individual profile should be correlated with adjacent


line profile elevations. Individual profiles are required
for:
9 railroad, highways, secondary roads
9 pipeline crossings
9 river, canals, irrigation ditches

168 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 168
Topographical survey

Topo crews in action

169 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 169
Topographical survey

Basic schemes in GPS Survey

170 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 170
Topographical survey

Traditional Topo Tools


(Total Station)

171 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 171
Topographical survey

A Topo Survey Helping Construction

172 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 172
Topographical survey

173 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 173
Soil Investigation Survey
The geological conditions along the route should to be
determined by a dedicated soil investigation survey during front
end or detailed engineering phase.

Boreholes or trial pits are often conveniently sited at regular


intervals along a pipeline route where land access provisionally
agreed.

Minimum design criteria requires:


9 Boreholes up to 10 m depth at every crossing to be
thrust bored and water course
9 Trial pit up to 2,5 m depth every 1000-2000 m
9 Standard laboratory tests (as necessary)

174 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 174
Soil Investigation Survey

Where geological conditions are variable or particular


problems are expected (rocky areas, faults crossings,
soil liquefaction, slope stability, high water table, sink
holes…) and carry with them cost implications the
numbers/type of investigation increase accordingly.

Execution criteria are established in dedicated


international technical standard (see next pages).

175 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 175
Soil Investigation Survey- Main Codes
ASTM D 420 Investigating And Sampling Soil And Rock For
Engineering Purposes.
ASTM D 421 Dry Preparation Of Soil Samples For Particle-Size
Analysis And Determination Of Soil Constants.
ASTM D 422 Particle-Size Analysis Of Soil.
ASTM D 1194 Bearing Capacity Of Soil For Static Load And Spread
Footings.
ASTM D 1586 Penetration Test And Split-Barrel Sampling Of Soil.
ASTM D 1587 Thin-Walled Tube Sampling Of Soil.
ASTM D 1883 CBR (California Bearing Ratio) Of Laboratory
Compacted Soil.
ASTM D 2166 Unconfined Compressive Strength Of Cohesive Soil.
ASTM D 2216 Laboratory Determination Of Water (Moisture) Content
Of Soil, Rock And Soil-Aggregate Mixtures.
ASTM D 2217 Wet Preparation Of Soil Samples Or Particle Size
Analysis And Determination Of Soil Contents.
ASTM D 2435 One-Dimensional Consolidation Proprieties Of Soil.

176 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 176
Soil Investigation Survey- Main Codes
ASTM D 2487 Classification Of Soils For Engineering Purposes.
ASTM D 2488 Description And Identification Of Soils (Visual-Manual
Procedure).
ASTM-D2573 Standard test method for field vane shear test in
cohesive soil.
ASTM D 420 Investigating And Sampling Soil And Rock For
Engineering Purposes.
ASTM D 2850 Unconsolidated, Undrained Compressive Strength Of
Cohesive Soil In Triaxial Compression.
ASTM D 2938 Unconfined Compressive Strength Of Intact Rock Core
Specimen.

BS 1377 Methods Of Tests For Soil For Civil Engineering Purposes.


BS 5930 Code Of Practice For Site Investigation.
BS 1377 Methods Of Tests For Soil For Civil Engineering Purposes.

177 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 177
Soil Investigation Survey

178 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 178
Soil Investigation Survey

179 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 179
Soil Investigation Survey

180 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 180
Soil Investigation Survey

181 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 181
Soil Investigation Survey

182 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 182
Legal Survey

The land to be purchased or leased by the pipeline


owner must be surveyed. Survey plans (e.g.,
cadastral maps) must be prepared for filing at a
land titles office and to form part of the
purchase agreement. Permanent survey
monuments are required at existing property
boundaries, points of intersection and at any
intermediate points necessary to clearly define the
boundary. The work can legitimately be completed
only by a qualified legal surveyor

183 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 183
Legal Survey

Typical Pipeline Cadastral Map in Italy

184 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 184
Construction Survey
Prior to construction, the permanent right-of-way and
temporary lands available during construction must be clearly
marked. Underground utilities and other structures requiring
protection from equipment must be identified.

After clearing and grading the right-of-way, the ditch line is


staked. Each stake will be marked with the chainage at
regular intervals (50 meters or less is common), consistent
with those on the alignment sheets.

The stakes should be offset from the work's side boundary.

The stakes must be maintained throughout the construction


period and utilized for reporting progress and directing
Construction activities.

185 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 185
Construction Survey

In addition, items such as pipe wall thicknesses/grade


changes, buoyancy control measures, and extra depth
requirements must be clearly staked.

In general, the work is a transfer of information from.

The construction drawings to the construction right-of-way.

Additional information, such as cut-and-fill requirements, is


marked on the stakes

186 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 186
As-Built Survey
As-building is the process of transferring the actual
"as-constructed" information on to drawings for future
reference. The objective is to provide an accurate
record of the completed work. The process involves
surveying and documenting the entire system,
including, but not limited to, the following:

9 changes in pipe specifications


9 actual pipe profiles at crossings
9 the location, spacing and number of buoyancy
control devices

187 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 187
As-Built Survey
9 Each mainline weld. The pipe joint and heat
numbers are recorded at and for each weld.
Documentation of weld locations enable future
reconnaissance of individual welds or pipe
joints, such as during in line inspections. Weld
numbers are also recorded on each radiograph.

In general, all details and dimensions given on the


construction drawings are either confirmed or revised
to form a permanent record of the facility as it was
constructed. The following is a step-by-step outline of
the construction as-built survey procedure:

188 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 188
As-Built Survey

The following is a step by step outline of the construction


as-built survey procedure:

9 lay out the right-of-way boundaries and foreign


line crossings

9 mark the centerline

9 consolidate the information

189 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 189
As-Built Survey

190 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 190
As-Built Survey

Information to be gathered during as built survey: reference points

191 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 191
As-Built Survey

Information to be gathered during as built survey: crossings

192 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 192
As-Built Survey

193 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 193
As-Built Survey

194 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 194
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 2. : Routing Design

- Section 2.1 : Routing Criteria


- Section 2.2 : Design Standard
- Section 2.3 : Crossings Design Criteria
- Section 2.4 : Routing in Mountains and Steep Slope
- Section 2.5 : Onshore Pipeline Surveys
- Section 2.6 : New technologies in Pipeline Routing
- Section 2.7 : Route design (live examples)

195 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 195
2.6 : NEW TECHNOLOGIES IN PIPELINE ROUTING
The New Design Approach

3D Routing and
Engineering
Satellite and terrain
data acquisition

Airborne and terrain


data acquisition

196 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 196
2.6 : NEW TECHNOLOGIES IN PIPELINE ROUTING

• Remote Sensing

• LiDAR

• Tablet PC

• Geographic Information System (GIS)

197 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 197
Remote Sensing: Definition

Remote Sensing refers to


instrument-based techniques (
usually mounted onboard of a
satellite or an airplane )
employed in the acquisition and
measurement of spatially
organized of an array of target
points (pixels) within the sensed
scene that correspond to
features, objects, and materials

198 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 198
Remote Sensing: General
The overall process of remote sensing can be broken
down into five components:

• an energy source
• the interaction of this energy with particles in atmosphere
• subsequent interaction with the ground target
• energy recorded by sensor as data
• data displayed digitally for visual and numerical interpretation

Remote sensing sensors could be classified in :

• Passive sensors
• Active sensors

199 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 199
Remote Sensing: Passive Sensors
Passive sensors detect
natural radiation that is
emitted or reflected by
the object or surrounding
area being observed.

Reflected sunlight is the


most common source of
radiation measured by
passive sensors.
Examples of passive
remote sensors include
film photography,
Infrared, charge-coupled
devices, and radiometers.

200 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 200
Remote Sensing: Passive Sensors

Passive sensors can only be used to detect energy when the


naturally occurring energy is available. For all reflected energy,
this can only take place during the time when the sun is
illuminating the Earth.
There is no reflected energy available from the sun at night.
Energy that is naturally emitted (such as thermal infrared) can
be detected day or night, as long as the amount of energy is
large enough to be recorded.

201 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 201
Remote Sensing: Passive Sensors in-depth

1. Energy Source or Illumination (A) - the first requirement for remote


sensing is to have an energy source which illuminates or provides
electromagnetic energy to the target of interest.
2. Radiation and the Atmosphere (B) - as the energy travels from its source
to the target, it will come in contact with and interact with the atmosphere
it passes through. This interaction may take place a second time as the
energy travels from the target to the sensor.
3. Interaction with the Target (C) - once the energy makes its way to the
target through the atmosphere, it interacts with the target depending on
the properties of both the target and the radiation.
4. Recording of Energy by the Sensor (D) - after the energy has been
scattered by, or emitted from the target, we require a sensor (remote - not
in contact with the target) to collect and record the electromagnetic
radiation.
5. Transmission, Reception, and Processing (E) - the energy recorded by
the sensor has to be transmitted, often in electronic form, to a receiving
and processing station where the data are processed into an image
(hardcopy and/or digital).
6. Interpretation and Analysis (F) - the processed image is interpreted,
visually and/or digitally or electronically, to extract information about the
target which was illuminated.
7. Application (G) - the final element of the remote sensing process is
achieved when we apply the information we have been able to extract
from the imagery about the target in order to better understand it, reveal
some new information, or assist in solving a particular problem.

202 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 202
Remote Sensing: Active Sensors
Active sensors, emits
energy ( usually in the
microwave spectrum ) in
order to scan objects and
areas whereupon a
sensor then detects and
measures the radiation
that is reflected or
backscattered from the
target. RADAR is an
example of active remote
sensing where the time
delay between emission
and return is measured,
establishing the location,
height, speed and
direction of an object.
.

203 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 203
Remote Sensing: Active Sensors
Active sensors, provide their own energy source for
illumination. The sensor emits radiation which is directed toward
the target to be investigated. The radiation reflected from that
target is detected and measured by the sensor. Advantages for
active sensors include the ability to obtain measurements
anytime, regardless of the time of day or season.

Active sensors can be used for examining wavelengths that are


not sufficiently provided by the sun, such as microwaves, or to
better control the way a target is illuminated. However, active
systems require the generation of a fairly large amount of
energy to adequately illuminate targets. Some examples of
active sensors are a laser fluorosensor and a synthetic

204 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 204
Remote Sensing: Platform
satellite system

Remote sensing
instrument could operate
on orbiting satellites,
airborne platform and
airborne system ground based
instruments.

ground sensors

205 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 205
Remote Sensing: Satellite Platform
Polar orbits
Polar orbiting satellites follow an overhead
path around the Earth so that they pass
near the North and South Poles. They orbit
the Earth as it turns beneath them. This
means that a different part of the Earth’s
surface is viewed by the satellite on each
successive orbit. Eventually the whole globe
is covered, with some overlap at low
latitudes and a great deal of overlap at high
latitudes.

Geostationary orbits
The Earth rotates on its axis once every
twenty four hours. If a satellite is placed in
an orbit at 36,000 km above the equator,
moving in the same direction that the Earth
is turning, it appears to be stationary in
space, "hovering" over its sub-satellite point.

206 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 206
Remote Sensing: Data characteristics

Remote sensing data are characterized by some important


parameters such as :

• Spatial resolution. What can I see ?

• Spectral resolution. How many information do I collect ?

• Radiometric resolution. How accurate information are ?

• Temporal resolution. How often I have this information ?

207 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 207
Remote Sensing: Spatial resolution
Spatial resolution refers to the
Low resolution
size of the smallest object that
can be resolved on the ground. In
a digital image,

A "High Resolution" image


refers to one with a small
resolution size. Fine details can
be seen in a high resolution
image. On the other hand, a
"Low Resolution" image is one
with a large resolution size,i.e.
only coarse features can be
observed in the image.

High resolution

208 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 208
Remote Sensing: Spatial resolution

209 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 209
Remote Sensing: Spectral resolution

The Spectral resolution is


related with the wavelength
width of the different frequency
bands recorded – usually, this
is related to the number of
frequency bands recorded
by the platform. Current
Landsat collection is that of
seven bands, including several
in the infra-red spectrum,
ranging from a spectral
resolution of 0.07 to 2.1 μm.
The Hyperion sensor on Earth
Observing-1 resolves 220
bands from 0.4 to 2.5 μm, with
a spectral resolution of 0.10 to
0.11 μm per band.

210 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 210
Remote Sensing: Radiometric resolution
8-bit quantization (256 levels) Radiometric resolution
The number of different intensities of
radiation the sensor is able to
distinguish. Typically, this ranges from 8
to 14 bits, corresponding to 256 levels of
the gray scale and up to 16,384
intensities or "shades" of colour, in each
4-bit quantization (64 levels) band. It also depends on the instrument
noise. Radiometric Resolution refers to
the smallest change in intensity level
that can be detected by the sensing
system. The intrinsic radiometric
resolution of a sensing system depends
on the signal to noise ratio of the
1-bit quantization (2 levels) detector. In a digital image, the
radiometric resolution is limited by the
number of discrete quantization levels
used to digitize the continuous intensity
value.

211 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 211
Remote Sensing: Temporal resolution

Temporal resolution
The frequency of flyovers by the
satellite or plane, and is only relevant
in time-series studies or those
requiring an averaged or mosaic image
as in deforesting monitoring. This was
first used by the intelligence
community where repeated coverage
revealed changes in infrastructure, the
deployment of units or the
modification/introduction of
equipment. Cloud cover over a given
area or object makes it necessary to
repeat the collection of said location.

212 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 212
Remote Sensing: List of sensors

213 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 213
Remote Sensing: List of sensors

214 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 214
Remote Sensing: List of sensors

215 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 215
Remote Sensing: List of sensors

216 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 216
Remote Sensing example data : Landsat

217 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 217
Remote Sensing example data : Landsat

218 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 218
Remote Sensing example data : Landsat

219 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 219
Remote Sensing example data : Landsat

220 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 220
Remote Sensing example data : Landsat

221 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 221
Remote Sensing example data : Landsat

222 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 222
Remote Sensing example data : Landsat

223 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 223
Remote Sensing example data : SPOT

224 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 224
Remote Sensing example data : SPOT

225 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 225
Remote Sensing example data : SPOT

226 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 226
Remote Sensing example data : IRS - P

227 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 227
Remote Sensing example data : Spot 5

228 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 228
Remote Sensing example data : QuickBird

229 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 229
Remote Sensing example data : QuickBird

230 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 230
Remote Sensing example data : QuickBird

231 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 231
Remote Sensing example data : IKONOS

232 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 232
Remote Sensing: Considerations
Remote Sensing provides a cost effective means of surveying, monitoring
and mapping objects at or near the surface of Earth.

The practice of remote sensing has become greatly simplified by useful


and affordable commercial software, which has made numerous
advances in recent years.

Saipem uses both ERDAS and ENVI software system for remote sensing
data processing.

Satellite and airborne platforms provides local and regional perspective


views of the Earth’s surface.
These views come in a variety of resolutions and are highly accurate
depictions of surface objects.

233 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 233
LiDAR

234 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 234
What is LiDAR?
• LiDAR Stands for Light
Detection And Ranging and
is an airborne topographic
technique based on Laser
technology

• LiDAR was first developed


in the late 1960s and was
not fully commercialized
until the early 1990s

• SAIPEM owns and


operate a Lidar system
since 1997

235 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 235
How LiDAR works
LiDAR systems are capable of
measuring tridimensional ground
coordinates using :

• GPS signal for recording aircraft


trajectory

• Onboard inertial system ( IMU)


for calculating sensor orientation

• Laser time range for computing


accurate distance from aircraft to
the terrain.

236 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 236
LiDAR System Characteristics

Modern LiDAR systems are


capable to :

• Acquire data with a frequency up


to 200000 measures per seconds

• Sample the terrain with a density


up to 10 points per square meter

• Achieve a vertical accuracy of 5-


30cm ( depending on flight height )

• Fits in virtually any aircraft with a


photogrammetric place

237 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 237
LiDAR: Data Examples

This high density terrain


scanning allow precise
earth surface
reconstruction at a very
high scale

238 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 238
LiDAR : Vegetation penetration
Modern LiDAR systems are capable of
collecting up to forth return laser
pulses allowing veneration penetration
1st and precise terrain mapping
2nd
3rd
4th

First Returns

Second Returns

Third Returns

Last Returns

All Returns

239 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 239
LiDAR : Vegetation penetration
The capability of penetrating
vegetation permits
reconstruction of the surface
with and without the vegetation

240 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 240
LiDAR : Topographic feature
LiDAR data permits to :

• Obtain precise and high


scale topographic data of
large areas very quickly :

• Contour lines
• Quoted points
• TIN ( Triangular models)
• DTM ( Digital Terrain
Model)
• DEM ( Digital Elevation
Model )
• Profiles
• Volume Computation

241 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 241
LiDAR : LiDAR and Aerial Photo Integration
LiDAR systems integrates a
digital photo camera to
achieve an added value
image geo-referenced to the
laser data set.
This integration of
topographic and cartographic
data allow fast and cost
saving pipeline routing

242 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 242
LiDAR : Application for the Pipeline industry
Engineering
Because of the
narrow scanning
swath, airborne
LiDAR is particularly
suitable for rapid
topographic data
collection
of pipelines in a cost-
effective way.

243 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 243
LiDAR: Application for the Pipeline Industry

Lidar data has


great potential
in pipeline
safety
applications.
Using the DTM
derivative as
well as other
data
sources, we
can create a
virtual picture to
evaluate the
pipeline safety
rates.

244 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 244
LiDAR : Application for the Pipeline industry
Monitoring
High accuracy
LiDAR
topographic
data permits
landslide
monitoring

245 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 245
GIS

246 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 246
GIS : Definition
• A formal definition : “A system for
capturing, storing, checking,
integrating, manipulating, analysing
and displaying data which are
spatially referenced to the Earth. This
is normally considered to involve a
spatially referenced computer
database and appropriate
applications software”
• Is a technology - hardware &
software tools
• Is an information handling strategy
• The objective: to improve overall
decision making

247 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 247
GIS : Components

Spatial data

GIS
Computer hardware Specific applications ( SPGM )
& software tools

248 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 248
GIS : What makes data spatial?

Grid co-ordinate Placename

Latitude / Longitude
Postcode

Description
Distance & bearing

Pipeline are spatial data

249 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 249
GIS : kind of data spatial
GIS data represents real objects such as roads, land
use, elevation, trees, waterways, etc. Real objects
can be divided into two abstractions: discrete objects
(e.g., a house) and continuous fields (such as rainfall
amount, or elevations). Traditionally, there are two
broad methods used to store data in a GIS for both
kinds of abstractions mapping references : raster
images and vector.

raster images

Vector data

250 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 250
GIS : The Benefits of GIS

•Save Money/Cost Avoidance


•Save Time
•Increase Efficiency
•Increase Accuracy
•Increase Productivity
•Increase Communication & Collaboration
•Generate Revenue
•Support Decision Making
•Aid Budgeting
•Automate Workflow
•Build an Information Base
•Manage Resources

251 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 251
GIS : Saipem Pipeline GIS Module
SPGM is an ArcGis extension developed inside Saipem for pipeline routing and
engineering.
In particular main characteristic of the tool are :

•2D and 3D routing


• Automatic linear reference of the pipeline
•Creation of the altimetric profile.
• Import-Export of data for other engineering tools. ( Crossing e Sheet )
• Engineering
• Creation of Allignemet-Sheet
• Creation of other kind of drawings ( SIA )

252 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 252
GIS : 3D routing

253 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 253
GIS : Saipem Pipeline GIS Module
The SPGM is based on a data model that
uses “linear referencing” for
locating engineering feature along
the line.

The centerline ( geometry of the pipeline )


Pipeline2D Pipeline3D is defined with tree linear feature classes :

•Pipeline ( geometry )
•Alternative ( Pipeline 2D )
•Alternative 3D ( Pipeline 3D )

•All characteristics of the line are defined


by event tables

254
GIS : Saipem Pipeline GIS Module

Example of definition of the characteristics of the pipeline using “linear referencing”

255
GIS : Saipem Pipeline GIS Module
Allignemet Sheets generation

256
GIS Application in Field Survey: Tablet

257 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 257
Tablet : Pipeline applications
Modern geomatics instrument can acquire accurate terrain data using GPS and GIS technology

Saipem PRG department


developed a tablet GIS
application for acquiring
engineering data on the
field.

258 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 258
Tablet : Pipeline applications

259 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 259
Tablet : Pipeline applications

260 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 260
Tablet : Pipeline applications

261 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 261
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 2. : Routing Design

- Section 2.1 : Routing Criteria


- Section 2.2 : Design Standard
- Section 2.3 : Crossings Design Criteria
- Section 2.4 : Route in Steep Slope
- Section 2.5 : Onshore Pipeline Surveys
- Section 2.6 : New technologies in Pipeline Route Design
- Section 2.7 : Route design (live examples)

262 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 262
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

263 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 263
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 3. : Geotechnical Design

- Section 3.1 : Geohazard Design

- Section 3.2 : Restoration Design

264 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 264
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

A pipeline for the transport of hydrocarbons is a structure with a


linear extension which covers distances in the order of several
hundred kilometres. Its construction involves the traversing of
entire regions with environmental and territorial conditions which
differ totally from zone to zone and which must be addressed
within the scope of the project. In particular, as it deals with a
structure in direct contact with the ground, the geomorphological,
geotechnical, hydraulic and seismic aspects are of fundamental
importance and have a major influence on the project

265 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 265
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
The pipeline industry has taken a reactive approach to
geohazards throughout most of its history. Incidents were viewed
as random and unpredictable, hence they were managed with
investments in technology and equipment that enabled rapid
response. Proactive risk management gained a foothold in the
mid 1980s and was well established by the mid 1990s.
Corporations that have adopted geohazard risk management
have found, to their surprise, that geohazards represent a much
higher risk exposure than was previously recognised.

266 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 266
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

Disciplines 1- EARTH SCIENCE

1 • GEOLOGY
2 • SEISMOLOGY
3 • SOIL MECHANICS /
RESPONSE ANALYSIS
4 • PIPE-SOIL INTERACTION

2 – MECHANICAL
3 – CONSTRUCTION
DESIGN
ENGINEERING
1 • SOIL PIPE INTERACTION 1 • GEOLOGY
2 • RESPONSE ANALYSIS 2 • TRENCHING AND
3 • STRENGTH CRITERIA BACKFILLING
4 • RECOMMENDATION FOR 3 • INSTALLATION
CONSTRUCTION 4 • WELDING
4 - MONITORING 5 • PRE COMMISSIONING

1 • SOIL DEFORMATIONS
2 • STRESSES/MOVEMENTS
OF THE PIPELINE
3 • FLOW ASSURANCE/LEAK
DETECTION
4 • ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT

267 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 267
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
Geohazards affecting onshore pipelines can be divided into three
broad categories:

9Geotechnical

9Hydrotechnical

9Tectonic

268 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 268
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

Geotechnical hazards include processes such as landslides,


debris flows, ground settlement, subsidence and soil heave.

Common triggers include high intensity or duration precipitation


events, changes in groundwater conditions, erosion and over-
steepening of slopes, earthquakes, thawing of ice-rich permafrost
and freezing of frost-susceptible soils

269 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 269
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
Hydrotechnical hazards are associated with stream processes
and include scour, channel degradation, bank erosion,
encroachment, channel avulsion and debris impact on aerial
crossings.

Hydrotechnical hazards usually occur during flood events, in the


case of small streams, and are often triggered by local
precipitation cells. Disturbances to stream channels,
including the effects of landslides, change in forest cover,
degradation of permafrost or the presence of poorly designed
river control structures, can also increase the hazard potential.

270 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 270
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
Tectonic hazards include a seismic creep, coseismic ground
displacement and rupture, soil liquefaction and lateral spreading,
tsunamis and volcanic eruption.

Despite these hazards being rare, they impact large regions,


causing damage to multiple pipelines and/or multiple sections of
a single pipeline – both directly and indirectly – by spawning
secondary geotechnical and hydrotechnical hazards.

The contribution of tectonic hazards to the overall pipeline risk


can be significant.

271 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 271
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
Recent studies reviewed incident data from a variety of sources
in order to assess the significance of geohazards in relation to
other hazards affecting pipeline systems. The findings were
summarised: the European Gas Pipeline Incident Data Group
(EGIG)2 attributed 7% of all pipeline incidents in Western Europe
– between 1970 and 2001 – to geohazards (see Figure 1). The
US Department of Transportation (US DOT)3 natural gas
transmission data for the period 1984 to 2001 show that
geohazards accounted for 8.5% of incidents (see Figure 2), and
the National Energy Board of Canada (NEB)4 indicates that
about 12% of incidents affecting Canadian regulated pipelines
are caused by geohazards.

272 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 272
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

Figure 1: EGIG Pipeline Incident Data1 Figure 2: US DOT Incident Data for Gas Transmission Pipelines

273 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 273
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
These relatively low failure frequency statistics belie the risk cost
of geohazards to the industry. Geohazard -related incidents often
result in larger leaks, greater property and environmental
damage and longer periods of service disruption. Geohazards
are the second leading cause of pipeline rupture – as opposed to
holes and pinhole cracks – in Western Europe (see Figure 1).
The average cost of a rupture is greater than the cost for
incidents involving holes or small pinhole cracks – this is an
assumption that is supported by the US DOT Office of Pipeline
Safety incident data.3 In the US, property damage resulting

274 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 274
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

The relative significance of geohazards is even more pronounced


where pipelines are constructed in difficult terrain, without a full
appreciation for potential geohazards.
In South America where geohazards are clearly the leading
cause of failure, with failure frequencies approaching five per
1,000km•yr of operation observed in extreme cases. Data for a
typical Bolivian pipeline indicate that geohazards may be
responsible for as many as 50% of incidents in the South
American Andes, leading to an average failure frequency
exceeding 2.5 per 1,000km•yr. This frequency is about two
orders of magnitude greater than that experienced in Western
Europe. British Petroleum (BP) has reported similar findings for
pipelines operating in Columbia.

275 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 275
3.1 : GEOHAZARD FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

Figure 3: Incident Data for a Typical Andean Pipeline

276 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 276
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

A landslide is a downward movement of a mass of earth on an


slope and subject to the force of gravity. The movement is
caused by a variation of any condition which is capable of
disturbing the temporary balance of the system, such as a
variation in the level of the water table, the presence of materials
which lose their own properties of resistance in the presence of
water, the structure of the material, the topography, seismic
activity, etc..

During the phase in which the route is being selected, it is of


fundamental importance to identify all the unstable or potentially
unstable slopes in order to avoid crossing them.

277 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 277
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

The type and distribution of natural landslides are very varied


and are dependent on the morphology of the terrain and its local
characteristics, in addition to the sub-soil hydraulic conditions.
Even if an aerial photograph might be of value in identifying the
areas at risk of landslides, many instabilities are too small or, in
any case, too difficult to identify using this technique. A visual
inspection is always necessary and has the objective of
identifying all the signs typically associated with active movement
of the ground or with landslides which occurred in the past and
which could recur with the installation of a pipeline

278 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 278
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

Selected ground failure associated with landsliding

279 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 279
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
Typical signs of hydro-geological instability are the presence of
steep escarpments, crevices and fissures upstream of a slope,
swellings and accumulations at the foot of a slope; the presence
of bent trees; damage or changes to the alignment of structures
(roads, telegraph or electrical poles, pipelines). These and other
signs may also contribute to the identification of the boundaries
of the area subject to landslide

280 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 280
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

281 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 281
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
The most dangerous type of landslide for a pipeline project is
when it is deep, in which the failure plane is situated a long way
below the trench bottom. This situation should be avoided, even
though, technically, it is possible to design and build a pipeline
which crosses a potentially unstable area without causing new
movements.

In this case, a stability study of the incline in question is


fundamentally important and presupposes a meticulous analysis
of the area in morphological, geological and geotechnical,
physical and hydraulic terms, with the objective of understanding
the forces which control the movement.

282 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 282
PIPELINE SLOPE CROSSING ENGINEERING
1- site reconnaissance; 3- pipeline strength capacity assessment;
soil data failure mode identification and limit state equation
definition
3D grid of the area
parent pipe strength capacity assessment under
ground water table operation and environmental loads
rainfall girth weld strength capacity assessment under
inclino-metric measurements operation and environmental loads
piezometric measurements
seismic environment assessment 4 - structural analysis
mapping of down-slope movements identification of soil movements profile/s
definition of causes of landslide pipe response analysis/probabilistic assessment
allowance check (limit state based)
2 - geotechnical analysis
use of data to establish cause-effect relationship 5 - remedial action recommendations
numerical modelling of the slope – trend analysis soil stabilisation
- simplified (limit equilibrium) monitoring system for the slope (inclinometers,
piezometres, rainfall, etc.)
- detailed (deformation analysis)
monitoring system for the pipe response (estensimetric
soil pipe interaction – loads transferred from/to the
sections)
pipe
“stress relieving” excavation works programme

6 - documentation for authority approval

283 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 283
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
Once the forces involved and the processes which act to improve
or disturb the existing conditions of equilibrium have been
identified, it is possible to begin the design of the pipeline and of
any work needed to stabilize the slope. Identifying the existence
of potential hydro-geological instabilities also has a determining
influence during the operation stage of the pipeline, affecting the
management and maintenance activities which often have to be
supported by an appropriate and careful monitoring programme
which controls the geotechnical and physical conditions that
underlie the forces of instability.

284 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 284
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

Interaction between instability and a pipeline


crossing a slope

285 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 285
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

In particular, an inclinometer for the direct measurement of the


shifting of the terrain and a piezometer for measuring the
variations of the underground water table are used, in
conjunction with a pluviometer for measuring the amount of
rainfall in the area under examination. The study of a landslide
often involves the use of numerical modelling which, through a
series of simulations based on different values of the model’s
basic parameters, contributes to finding the most probable
values of the parameters involved and to the understanding
of the phenomenology which characterizes the
movement of the ground.

286 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 286
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
single inclinometer: graphics of terrain movements in depth

287 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 287
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
terrain movements assessment by inclinometer

288 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 288
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
Numerical modelling is also finding significant use in the
pipeline’s operating phase: combined with the monitoring activity,
it can contribute to the prevention of damage resulting from
catastrophic events, enabling creation of a forecast analysis of
the pipeline’s possible structural response to the induced
stresses 2500

2000 BENDING MOMENT ON


1500 PIPELINE DUE TO SOIL
1000 MOVEMENTS
500

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160
-500

-1000
P2 I2
Imp. Vdis. 100 mm
-1500 Imp. Vdis. 200 mm
Imp. Vdis. 300 mm
I2-I7 -2000 Imp. Vdis. 400 mm
Imp. Vdis. 500 mm

-2500
P4 I3 X [m ]

2500
V ib ra tin g W ir e S tr a in G o u g e s in s e rv ic e
C o m b in e d B e n d in g M o m e n t fo r s o il d is p l. 5 0 0 m m
B-B1 P ro p o s e d N e w S tra in G a u g e s

2000

I7 P4

LANDSLIDE 1500
ESTENSIMETRIC
AREA STATION LOCATION
1000

vs. BENDING MOMENT


500

0
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90

-5 0 0
P ro g re s s iv e [m ]

289 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 289
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
The causes of geological instabilities are therefore varied and
diverse. Natural events can act in such a way as to increase the
destabilizing forces (e.g. accumulated deposits, seismic forces)
or of reducing the forces of resistance (for example, erosion at
the foot of a slope, increase of interstitial pressure, etc.). In
particular, instances of heavy rainfall can cause a massive
infiltration of water into the sub-soil, increasing the interstitial
pressure in the ground and reducing its resistance
characteristics, create serious erosion as a result of the run-off of
surface water and the increase of the flow-rate of the water
courses, and constitute a potential overload, saturating the
ground itself.

290 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 290
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

The activities connected with the construction of the pipeline can


also disturb the balance of a slope. Opening a site road for the
normal construction activities often involves excavating a stretch
of sloping ground and therefore presupposes a careful selection
of the sites for the dumping or storing of excavated material,
which could constitute an overload for the ground, sufficient to
reactivate a dormant movement. The operations to restore the
profile of the terrain to what it was before installation of the
pipeline, to reduce the visual impact on the environment, can
have a further destabilizing effect when new material is
substituted or the original material is returned having been
previously taken away and, therefore, altered.

291 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 291
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities

Hydro-geological
instability Example NPS 48 gas pipeline

292 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 292
Landslides and hydrological Instabilities
A crucial element in the design of an onshore pipeline is that of
checking the surface and underground drainage in the area
which falls within the strip of land along which the pipeline itself
will run and the erosive effects associated with the flow of water.
Careful planning of specific works capable of controlling the
hydraulic regime is generally effective in avoiding the
appearance of serious erosive phenomena which could expose
the pipeline to the external environment or initiate processes of
instability. Works of this type consist of diversion channels,
gabions, dykes and drains.

293 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 293
Landslides and Seismic Activity

One of the consequences of a seismic event is instability of


inclines and slopes. During an earthquake, a system of
acceleration waves passes through the ground, propagating from
the point of origin in the sub-soil towards the surface. The
transient dynamic load which instantly follows alters the tensional
regime which establishes the nature of the balance of a slope,
simultaneously causing an increase in the acting shear force and
a diminution of the resistance capacity of the ground, as a result
of the sudden increase of interstitial pressures.

294 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 294
Landslides and Seismic Activity
Other factors which influence the response of a slope during a
seismic event are the magnitude of the event, its duration, the
resistance characteristics under conditions of dynamic stress of
the material of which it is composed, and the dimensions of the
slope.

There are a variety of methods for analysing the stability of a


slope under seismic conditions. The most common are the
pseudostatic limit-equilibrium method and the sliding block
analysis method perfected by Nathan M. Newmark.

295 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 295
Landslides and Seismic Activity

The first involves modifying the conventional limit-equilibrium


analysis adding to the forces involved, a component derived from
the seismic activity which is assumed to be a fraction of the
weight of the potential landmass involved in the landslide
multiplied by the acceleration.

Newmark’s method is based on the movements of an


embankment during seismic activity. It consists of a combination
of conventional pseudostatic procedures with a background of
dynamic considerations on the movement of the ground.

296 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 296
Seismic Faults

Faults are fractures in the rock-mass associated with the


different movements of the two parts in contact with each other.
Deforming movements are not restricted merely to sliding along
one or more fracture surfaces but can also be accompanied by
distortion, breakage and fragmentation of the rock at the contact
surfaces generating fault breccias called mylonites. The
movements can occur suddenly, following to an earthquake, or
build-up gradually over time and constitute a serious threat to the
integrity of a pipeline which crosses a fault.

297 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 297
Seismic Faults
The length of the fracture and the extent of the movement
depend on the magnitude of the seismic event and the depth at
which it takes place, while the classification of the various types
of faults is based on the geometric characteristics of the sliding
(Bonilla, 1970). From the point of view of the interaction with a
pipeline, crossing a fault should be avoided inasmuch as it can
cause intolerable conditions of stress for the structural integrity
and the efficient operation of the pipeline itself.

298 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 298
Seismic Faults

Interaction between a fault and the pipeline which crosses it.

299 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 299
Seismic Faults

To create an effective design for a pipeline which will be capable


of resisting the deformation to which it might be subjected in
crossing a fault, it is necessary to know the geometry and
typology of the fault, and the size of the area in question, to know
if it involves a movement caused by an earthquake or by a stress
build-up over time (creep) and, obviously, to examine the
characteristics of the terrain. Certainly, the most important factor,
is represented by the type and extent of the sliding which can be
assessed on the basis of the characteristics of the associated
seismic event.

300 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 300
Seismic Faults
• Amount of relative fault movements
• Pipeline-fault crossing angle
• Depth of burial
• Trench configuration
• Soil properties
• Effective unanchored length
• Pipeline diameter and wall thickness
• Material properties
• Internal pressure and temperature
• Layout

301 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 301
Seismic Faults

It is very desirable to force


the pipeline to conform to
ground displacements with
tensile elongation, kept
within a reasonable bound by
adjusting the fault crossing
angle of the pipeline to suit
the particular type of fault
displacement expected

302 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 302
Seismic Faults
It is very desirable to force the pipeline to conform to ground
displacements minimizing axial compressive force, kept within a
reasonable bound by adjusting the fault crossing angle of the pipeline to
suit the particular type of fault displacement expected

303 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 303
Seismic Faults
• The fault crossing (strength) capacity of the pipeline:
- is independent of the pipeline diameter (there is a link between
maximum forces the backfilling material can apply and pipeline
bending stiffness depending on pipe diameter), and directly
dependent on the wall thickness; the higher the wall thickness the
lower the tensile strain
- is dependent on the material strain hardening capacity, so that the
higher the modulus in the plastic range the lower the potential of
strain concentration at fault crossing
- is dependent on internal pressure, which reduces the propensity
to develop hoop ovalization, increasing bending strains, and
reduces the resistance of defective girth welds

304 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 304
Seismic Faults
TRENCH CONCEPT

• The trench concepts are based on the principle that, when the
fault moves, the pipeline shall be capable to absorb
movements without developing excessive deformations.

• The backfilling material in the trench around the pipe offers


low restraint to the pipeline as faults move.

305 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 305
Seismic Faults
SAKHALIN II PROJECT
(RUSSIA) No. Name
KP
Existing

EXPERIENCE (2006-2008)
1 Alt Goromai (Piltun reroutes) 12.45
3 Kliuchevskoi (Yasnoye section) 117.68
4 Kliuchevskoi (Desiataya rechka) 180.04
5 Kliuchevskoi (South Khandasa section) 185.32
6 Kliuchevskoi (Additional Branch) 188.34
7 Kliuchevskoi (Pobedino section) 208.05
8 Kliuchevskoi (Smimikh section) 223.77
9 Kliuchevskoi (Gastello section) 300.85
10 Gastello Hanging wall 301.85
11 East Makarov - Additional 3 342.36
12 East Makarov - Additional 2 342.655
13 East Makarov - Additional 1 342.72
14 East Makarov 342.955
15 West Makarov 346.97
16 Chernaya River 480.78
17 Kirpichnaya River 492
18 Alt Kliuchevskoi (South from Sovetskoe) 508.75
20 Kliuchevskoi (West from Yushnyi ) 567.24
21 Kliuchevskoi (West from Yushnyi) 569.42

306 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 306
Seismic Faults
a1) Pipe section in proximity of the fault crossing within
STRIKE-SLIP FAULTS fault accuracy width (shear zone);
a2) Pipe section, approx. 50 m long on each side,
adjacent to the shear zone, where either the fault
movements are to be suitably managed (transition
zone) or the effect can be considered as
extinguishing;
a4) The pipe section starting from the end of section
a2), where the pipe moves axially up to the bends.
a3) The pipe section after a4), including the hot bends,
where horizontal pipe movements have to be
absorbed due to the bending and stretching of the
pipeline at fault.

307 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 307
Seismic Faults
Sakhalin II Project: A further problem was freezing of water inside the
trench.
Design solutions to avoid freezing of the backfill material during winter
and to control the pipeline buoyancy was:

• Trench sealing with geomembrane


• Surface and intra-trench drainage
• Trench thermal insulation

308 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 308
Seismic Faults
Sakhalin Trench Design Solutions

• Sealing of the Trench surface in all areas

• Sealing of the sides of the Trench in high soil


permeability areas

• Drainage of the backfill

• Pipeline installation in embankment where water


table is at the ground surface to facilitate drainage

309 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 309
Seismic Faults

Trench Design Solutions


Drained Trench

310 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 310
Seismic Faults

Trench Design Solutions


Sealed Trench

311 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 311
Seismic Faults

Trench Design Solutions

Embankment Concept

312 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 312
Seismic Faults in Sakhalin

313 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 313
Seismic Faults in Sakhalin

314 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 314
Seismic Faults: Best Practice
TO IMPROVE THE CAPABILITY OF THE PIPELINE TO WITHSTAND
DIFFERENTIAL MOVEMENTS ALONG THE FAULT
1. STRIKE-SLIP FAULT ⇒ where practical, orientation so that the
pipeline is in tension.
2. REVERSE FAULT ⇒ oblique as much as possible, to minimise
compression (combined to bending).
3. In the proximity of the fault, straight sections without sharp changes in
direction and elevation, particularly field bends, elbows, stub-ins, and
flanges that tend to anchor the pipeline.
3. Minimum burial depth.
4. Thick wall pipes within 200 to 300 pipe diameters each side of the
rupture line, ensuring weld integrity as well as anticorrosion
protection.
5. Use hard smooth coating such as epoxy coating.
6. Loose to medium granular soil without cobbles and boulders within
200 to 300 pipe diameters each side from the rupture line.

315 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 315
Seismic Activity

Seismic activity does not affect only the stability of slopes. The
reduction of the shear resistance of a terrain combined with the
increase in interstitial pressures can cause fluidization of the
soil, especially in the case of loose, saturated sands, and the
development of large and permanent deformations capable of
causing serious damage to any type of structure resting on the
affected terrain. It is possible to identify three types of movement
or breakage of the terrain associated with the process of
fluidization: widespread lateral deformation, gravitational flow
and reduction in the ground’s bearing capacity.

316 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 316
Seismic Activity
Other effects are subsidence, and above all the raising of an
originally buried pipeline caused by its floating in the temporarily
fluidized groundmass. Widespread lateral deformation relates
to the horizontal shifting of the upper beds of the terrain resulting
from fluidization of the underlying ground. It is a phenomenon
that occurs in areas with gentle slopes, and the associated
sliding are measured in tens of centimetres. Such movements
can have a very destructive effect on pipelines, even if the level
of damage depends on the extent of the movement and on the
characteristics of the pipeline itself.

317 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 317
Seismic Activity
From the point of view of planning analyses, the study of the
pipeline, with respect to widespread superficial deformations,
presents similar problems to those resulting from faults. The
deformations are concentrated in the sliding area, as happens
with the movements of a normal fault. At the base of the mass,
instead, a compression takes place similar to that of a reverse
fault.

318 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 318
Seismic Activity

Gravitational flows relate to the movement of fluidized masses,


occasionally containing rocks boulders which slide down steep
slopes. However, many of these occurrences are more frequent
in a sub sea environment. The reduction of the ground’s bearing
capacity can cause serious sinking in a structure built on it, such
as, for example, an embankment, and therefore, can induce
tractive forces of traction on a pipeline which crosses it or
compressive forces in the adjoining areas. To prevent the buried
pipeline from floating in the fluidized groundmass, systems for
anchoring and weighting the pipeline are used

319 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 319
Seismic Activity
Liquefaction susceptibility is the relative resistance of a
deposit to loss of strength when subjected to earthquake. From a
physical point of view, the potential liquefaction depends on both
the susceptibility of a deposit to liquefy and the opportunity for
ground motions to exceed a specified threshold level.
Pipeline design, hence, should taking account liquefaction
potential of the crossed areas. To do this, along the pipeline
route, screening investigations should be performed to determine
whether a given site has obvious indicators of a low potential for
liquefaction failure, or whether a more comprehensive field
investigation is necessary to determine the potential for pipeline
damaging during earthquakes.

320 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 320
Seismic Activity

Pipelines buried beneath the water table in liquefaction-susceptible soils can


either float up or settle down during an earthquake depending on the specific
gravity of the pipeline relative to the liquefied soil and the residual shear
strength of the liquefied soil. Above figure illustrates floatation and settlement
of a pipeline in a liquefied soil.

321 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 321
Seismic Activity

Pipeline floatation resulting from buoyancy forces, generally, has


not been a significant hazard to buried onshore pipelines. It can
be readily visualized that the pipeline movement will be limited to
the extent that it is buried and will generally be exposed to a
limited liquefied soil zone. Significant strains will typically not
develop as a result of floatation.

However, if the pipeline is located within a liquefiable soil that is


on a slope, then the pipeline will also tend to be deformed in the
direction of the soil flow down the slope. In addition, settling into
or floating up out of the soil can occur.

322 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 322
Seismic Activity

Liquefaction features typically occur during long-duration, strong


ground motion generally exceeding 0.15 g peak ground
acceleration (PGA).

The vast majority of liquefaction hazards are associated with


sandy soils and silty soils of low plasticity.

Cohesive soils are generally not considered susceptible to soil


liquefaction.

323 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 323
Seismic Activity
Methods that satisfy the requirements of a screening
evaluation, at least in some situations, include:

• Direct in-situ relative density measurements, such as the


ASTM D 1586-92 (Standard Penetration Test [SPT]) or
ASTM D3441-94 (Cone Penetration Test [CPT]).

• Preliminary analysis of hydrologic conditions (e.g.,


current, historical and potential future depth(s) to
subsurface water). Current groundwater level data,
including perched water tables, may be obtained from
permanent wells, driller's logs and exploratory borings.

324 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 324
Seismic Activity

• Historical groundwater data can be found in reports by


various government agencies, although such reports
often provide information only on water from production
zones and ignore shallower water.
• Geophysical measurements of shear-wave velocities.
"Threshold strain" techniques represent a conservative
basis for screening of some soils and some sites
(National Research Council, 1985).

These methods provide only a very conservative bound for


such screening, however, and so are conclusive only for
sites where the potential for liquefaction hazards is very
low.

325 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 325
Seismic Activity
Lateral spreading is the result of soil liquefaction. A
lateral spread can be particularly hazardous to pipelines
(again, particularly buried pipelines) due to the fact that
the liquefied soil layer is beneath a layer of non-liquefied
soil. The liquefaction of the lower soil strata can result in
the movement of the soil block above; even where the
ground level above is almost flat (no-slope). A pipeline
segment that is buried in a location where lateral spreads
are likely or statistically reasonably probable is at
considerable risk due to the nature of lateral spreads,
which can be very destructive to a buried pipeline. The risk
is obviously related to the degree of soil movement above
the liquefied strata and the orientation of the pipeline
relative to the movement.

326 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 326
Seismic Activity
Lateral spread movement is the most common and one of
the most severe earthquake hazards for buried pipelines.

Schematic depiction of a lateral spreading resulting from soil liquefaction in an earthquake

327 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 327
Seismic Activity
The geologic conditions conducive to lateral spreading
(gentle surface slope, shallow water table, and liquefiable
cohesionless soils) are frequently found along streams
and other waterfronts in recent alluvial or deltaic deposits,
as well as in loosely-placed, saturated, sandy fills.
Horizontal displacements in a lateral spread can range up
to several meters with smaller associated settlements.

328 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 328
Seismic Activity

Lateral and longitudinal soil block


movements relative to the
pipeline axis

329 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 329
Seismic Activity

Liquefaction and lateral spreading of (a) Gently sloping ground and (b) Toward a free face.

330 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 330
GEOHAZARD

AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

331 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 331
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

THE BASIN

332 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 332
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

EXISTING PIPELINE ROUTE

333 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 333
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

DESIGN SCHEMATIC CROSS SECTION

334 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 334
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

335 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 335
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

336 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 336
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

Some possible re-routings are under studing: Option 1 (open trench solution)

337 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 337
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

Open trench solution: cross sections

338 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 338
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

Some possible re-routings: Option 2 (tunnel solution)

339 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 339
GEOHAZARD: AN EXAMPLE OF DEBRIS FLOW

Option 2: Tunnel profile & sections

340 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 340
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

341 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 341
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 3. : Geotechnical Design

- Section 3.1 : Geohazard Criteria

- Section 3.2 : Restoration Design Criteria

342 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 342
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

343 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010


33
343
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
The following basic geotechnical guidelines should be taken into
consideration during the selection of a pipeline route :

9 Wherever possible, pipelines must be located so as to avoid


side or cross slopes. If a cross slope is unavoidable, the fall
line of the slope must be at 90" to the centerline of the pipe.

9 However, pipeline construction procedures require that the


working side of the right-of-way must be essentially level in
order to install and backfill the pipeline. In areas with
excessive cross slope, considerable grading is required to
construct the pipeline.

344 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 344
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
9 The centerline of the pipeline should be parallel to the fall line
of the slope in order to reduce the chance of pipe rupture due
to slope movement.
9 The alignment of the pipe should also minimize grading and
slope disturbance.
9 Wherever possible, pipelines should avoid unstable slopes.
This does not necessarily include old, inactive slides, as
many slopes will have experienced some form of instability. It
is more important to avoid slopes displaying signs of recent
movement.
9 Some of the more obvious signs of possible recent slope
movement are cracks, scarps, curved trees, evidence of toe
erosion, and the exit of groundwater onto the slope (in the
form of a spring).

345 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 345
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
9 If there is evidence of recent instability, the nature of the
mass movement must be assessed. Deep-seated movements
often require relocation of the proposed pipeline route,
particularly since the cost of slope stabilization can be
excessive and may not be reliable. In some cases, shallow
movements are not a major stabilization problem and can be
accommodated in the Design.

9 The most cost-effective approach must be taken. The cost of


stabilization measures such as grading and drainage control
(surface and subsurface) has to be compared with the cost of
rerouting the pipeline to a more stable area

346 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 346
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
9 A detailed subsurface investigation and stability analysis is
required for any slope suspected of being potentially unstable
along the preferred pipeline route.

9 One of the most important steps in the selection of a pipeline


route is the determination of river crossing locations. River
crossings can have a significant effect on both the cost of a
pipeline and the total length of the line.

9 Some of the basic rules of route selection at river crossings


are:
- It is essential to find the most suitable riverbed.
Bedrock requires expensive blasting while very
silty river beds can require large excavations.

347 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 347
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
- Pipelines should cross rivers at right angles in
order to minimize the width of the crossing and to
avoid side slopes on the approaches.

- Active bank erosion can lead to exposing and


damaging the pipeline as well as impacting the
environment.

- Fast-flowing sections of the river should be


avoided as they can make construction difficult.

- The crossing should be located in a straight


section of the river to minimize active bank erosion

348 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 348
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Drainage padding

349 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 349
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Subdrain

350 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 350
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Pipeline protection

351 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 351
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Trench breakers

352 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 352
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Fascine bundle

353 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 353
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Palisade

354 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 354
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Timber retaining wall (simple)

355 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 355
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Timber retaining wall (double)

356 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 356
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Earth reinforced

357 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 357
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Gabions on concrete slab

358 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 358
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Cut stone wall

359 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 359
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Massive stone wall

360 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 360
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Gabions retaining wall

361 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 361
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Gabions retaining wall

362 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 362
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Gabions retaining wall

363 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 363
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Concrete retaining wall

364 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 364
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Concrete trench breaker

365 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 365
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Concrete beam on micropiles

366 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 366
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Concrete beam on drilled piles

367 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 367
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

RESTORATION OF SLOPE: AFTER COMPLETION

368 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 368
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

RESTORATION OF SLOPE: FEW MONTHS LATER

369 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 369
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

RESTORATION OF SLOPE: FEW YEARS LATER

370 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 370
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

NPS 48 GRIES-MASERA SECTION (ITALY)


Before Construction
371 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 371
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

NPS 48 GRIES-MASERA SECTION (ITALY)


During Construction
372 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 372
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

NPS 48 GRIES-MASERA SECTION (ITALY)


After Construction
373 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 373
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

NPS 48 GRIES-MASERA SECTION (ITALY)


Before Construction
374 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 374
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

NPS 48 GRIES-MASERA (ITALY)


During Construction
375 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 375
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

NPS 48 GRIES-MASERA (ITALY)


After Construction
376 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 376
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Gas Pipeline Montalbano-Messina ND 1200 (48”) (Sicily – Italy)

Morphological and environmental reinstatement of a sharply


sloping section

377 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 377
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

378 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 378
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

The area corresponds to the peak of the left hydrographic slope


of the Macria Stream, in the territory of Messina. Photos 1/A
and 1/B present an overview of the slope indicating the position
of the existing pipelines (Ga.Me. A,B) and that of the pipeline
currently under construction (Ga.Me. C). Respectively, these
photos show the sites before and during pipeline construction
works

379 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 379
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Photo 1/A Area prior to the works Photo 1/B View of the area during excavation

380 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 380
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
Geology:

Two distinct lithofacies have been encountered:

the pelithic-sandy facies (of sandstone, at the top of the


slope) and the arenaceous-pelithic facies, characterized
by medium-to-coarse sandstone alternating with silty-
clayey and

marly clay levels, outcropping at the middle of the slope


and near the Macria stream bed.

The presence of the sandstone makes the peak very steep and
also makes sub-vertical excavation possible

381 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 381
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Photo 2 Front view of the excavation trench. Photo 3 Detailed view of the excavation

382 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 382
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

DESIGN SOLUTION:

a vertical, reinforced concrete wall was used (4.50 meters high). Since
it was not possible to create a surface foundation, the wall was
anchored to the ground with 14 sub-horizontal anchoring tie-rods

a geosynthetics-reinforced soil made it possible to restore the


geomechanical parameters needed by the backfill soil to create the
required sub-vertical face.

the last three meters at the top were contained by a galvanized metal
mesh gabion wall filled with gravel and with buried outer face. The
same type was used at the foot of the reinforced concrete wall to
ensure that it was “camouflaged”

383 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 383
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

384 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 384
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

385 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 385
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
1. Drilling, injection and tie-rod hardening

Photo 4 Drilling machine for tie-rods. Photo 5 Tie-rods inserted into ground.

386 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 386
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
2. Preparation of wall armature, casting reinforced concrete beam and setting

Preparation of wall armature, casting reinforced concrete beam and setting

Photo 6 Armature for beam foundation. Photo 7 Hardening of the concrete.

387 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 387
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

3/4. Beam backfilling to approximately H=4m and Tie-rod prestressing


(prestressing load 20t)

Photo 8 Beam backfilling with soil. Photo 9 Tie-rod prestressing with hydraulic jacks.

388 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 388
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
5. Construction of overlying works: reinforced soil

Details of reinforcing geosynthetics, geomat and formworks

389 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 389
GEOTECHNICAL DESIGN GUIDELINES
6. Construction of overlying works: gabion walls

Photo 14 Construction of second gabion wall. Photo 15 Reaching design height.

390 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 390
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
6. Construction of overlying works: gabion walls

Hydroseeding of the reinforced soil

391 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 391
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

View of slope during conclusionof the works.


Final reinstatement of the slope

392 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 392
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Pipeline Malborghetto – Bordano NPS 48 - Client (Snam Rete Gas- Italy)

Morphological restorations by means of naturalistic engineering


techniques and vegetational restoration with seeding and plantation of
local native shrubs and trees

393 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 393
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
The pipeline Malborghetto – Bordano stretches southwards,
beginning from the Northern locations Val Canale, Canal del
Ferro, Val Gleris, Val Alba, Val Aupa, then the river-plain
Fella and Tagliamento, running along a pre-existing right of
way (ROW).

394 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 394
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
Some significant examples of morphological and
vegetational restoration of the suitable ROW for pipeline
construction will be briefly described.

The works carried out in Val Aupa are significant:


naturalistic engineering techniques were adopted here for
slope stability together with vegetational restoration
(seeding and plantation).

395 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 395
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

The slope consolidation and stabilization required the following timber


structures:

• Planted piling (double-layer timber walls with shrub


anchoring)
• Planted shrub strings
• Faggots
• Palisade

396 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 396
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
Local native sprouts of arboreous shrubs in casing were planted.
In Val Aupa the pipeline route in the north-stream end affected pinewoods of
the kind of Pinus sylvestris and mountain Pine, for a total ROW length of
approx. 2500 m and a total surface of seeding and plantation restoration of
approx. 50000m2. The aim was that to reinstate the natural vegetation made
out of deciduous-leaf hardwood trees (ostryeto ornus - manna-ash).

The composition of the plantation was:


Mountain Maple tree 10%, Ornus 20%, Dark Carpino 20%, Hazelnut Tree 10%,
Mountain Ash 10%, Barberry 10%, Raven Pear 5%, Oleaster Willow 7,5%,
Purple Willow 7,5%.
N° trees: 480

397 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 397
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

For a close up view of the naturalistic engineering works, a typical sketch of


planted shrub string is depicted:

398 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 398
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
This work is carried out following these steps: at first longitudinal timber poles
are installed, then these are secured to the ground by means of wooden pegs.
A layer of coniferous shrubs is placed on and on it a layer of soil. Cutlings are
planted perpendicular to and with conterslope with respect to the main slope.

399 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 399
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
One more retaining structure used along the ROW was the double-layer
timber wall, referred to in our drawings as planted piling (double-layer timber
walls with shrub anchoring).

400 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 400
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

401 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 401
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
Final result nowadays:

402 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 402
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

SOIL BIOENGINEERING METHODS IN


PIPELINES

THE LAST TENDENCIES DESIGN

403 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 403
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Up until the 90s, planning criteria for gas pipelines were based on
restoration “as is”, specifically aimed at the restoration of the shape and
geometry of the places affected by the earth movements and the
repositioning of the cut forest trees, respecting the numbers, species and
original layout of the same.
Subsequently, with the focusing of attention on the environment and on the
safeguarding of biodiversity, with the introduction in the national legislative
field of the Evaluation of Environmental Impact (E.E.I), with the setting up of
the Natura 2000 Network, the establishment of Sites of Community
Importance (SCI) and impact evaluation procedures, with the adoption of
territorial protection instruments (regional and provincial landscape plans,
setting up of and implementing provisions for Parks), the approach to the
environment has gradually changed, developing into an integrated
ecosystems approach.

404 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 404
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

This has dictated new planning criteria which have changed the
aforementioned objectives, particularly as regards morphological restoration
techniques which have evolved towards:

9 towards the soil bioengineering concept (with the use of living plants
and their root systems for land stabilisation works and hydraulic
defence works) and

9 towards vegetation restoration techniques in accordance with


ecological criteria, with the use of pioneer species, shrubby species,
autochthonous species, and with the selection of specialised plant
nurseries, with planting out and maintenance of the plantations.

405 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 405
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Since the end of the '90s, the planning of restoration and mitigation works has
therefore taken into account the the “ante operam” conditions of the habitats
affected.

To this end, phytosociological and pedological studies are carried out within the
Test Areas along the pipeline routes in stretches of particular environmental
significance. In this way, also any disturbance created in Natura 2000 Network
Sites is analysed.

In addition to these botanical and pedological studies, faunal analyses are


becoming increasingly more frequent, especially in the Special Protection Areas
and in the I.B.A. (Important Bird Areas), in the portions of territory affected by
the passage of the pipeline.
These studies were applied for the first time for the North European Gas
Pipeline DN 1200 mm (48”) in the “Passo Gries – Mortara” section.

406 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 406
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
The vegetation restoration works of the Passo Gries – Mortara
gas pipeline were carried out in the period from 2000 to 2002
and involved the planting out of trees and shrubs "in clumps"
and protected by circular fences, thereby creating the so-called
“vegetation islands”.

The purpose of restoration in clumps is to create centres of


vegetation which accelerate the natural evolutionary processes
and which cover the right of way in a structured and
irregular fashion, creating spatial discontinuity (clearings)
amidst the herbaceous and shrubby vegetation.

Also in the stretches of mature forest “pioneer” plant species


were integrated with the surrounding vegetation (e.g. Willow
and Alder trees), able to colonise the soil more rapidly and
contribute more naturally to the development of the vegetation
restored towards the forest.

407 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 407
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Vegetation islands

408 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 408
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA

Passo Gries - Mortara Gas Pipeline: Vegetation Islands

2002 2008

409 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 409
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
Passo Gries - Mortara : Vegetation Islands

2002 2008

410 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 410
3.2 : RESTORATION DESIGN CRITERIA
Malborghetto – Bordano Gas Pipeline : Revegetation Techniques

2003

2005
2009
411 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 411
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

412 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 412
Authority Engineering: Public Permits

Pipeline construction is subject to several public


authorization procedures according with local law and
regulations.

In all cases, the relevant authority will convene dedicated


meeting at which all local entities involved in the project will
be asked to participate.

Procedures may be activated on the basis of a preliminary


project including adequate maps identifying those areas
potentially affected by restrictions.

413 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 413
Authority Engineering: Public Permits

In general, documents required for initiating the procedure


are:

9 General technical report

9 Project map with urban planning resources including:


pipeline route, line stations, service easement area, areas
outside the easement area to be occupied temporarily,
location of related work;

9 Standard design plans

414 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 414
Authority Engineering: Public Permits

For projects that do not involve protected areas, the


procedure may include a preliminary "screening" phase to
determine if the project is subject to impact assessment
study. The screening procedure normally includes:
9 General technical report subdivided into three parts:
conflicts with restrictions, outline of the project and physical
characteristics of the area it will cross
9 Project maps including: pipeline route, line stations,
widening of passage areas, pipe storage areas, temporary
storage areas and location of related work;
9 Theme-related ground plans concerning resources for
local conservation and planning and urban planning,
geological characteristics and land use;
9 Standard design plans

415 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 415
Authority Engineering: Public Permits

When, either given the dimensional characteristics of the


project or the outcome of the screening, an Environmental
Impact Assessment (EIA) is normally requested.
The EIA Study is normally divided into three sections.
The sections are structured independently so that each
provides a full analysis of its topic. These topics are:

9 the “programmatic framework” outlines the report and


how the project coheres to local and sector planning and
programming requirements

9 the “project and design framework” outlines the project


and solutions adopted on the basis of research
undertaken
416 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 416
Authority Engineering: Public Permits

9 the ”environmental framework” describes the


environmental systems involved in the project and
provides a qualitative and quantitative estimate of the
impacts on the environment caused by the project

The report may also be accompanied by theme-specific


maps, a short “Non-technical Summary”.

417 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 417
Authority Engineering: Right-of-Way Acquisition

The acquisition of a pipeline right-of-way often raises many questions with


landowners -"Why is this the route for the pipeline? Why is the pipeline
needed? What is the procedure for acquiring approval for use of my land?
How will I be compensated? How will the land be restored after construction?
Can I use the land after the pipeline is installed?"

To answer those questions, let us look first at the process. The cornerstone of
the right-of-way acquisition process is the negotiation of an Easement
Agreement.

This agreement covers key issues such as compensation, restoration of the


land and restrictions on future use of the land. Once the pipeline route is
selected, a right-of-way agent from the pipeline company will contact each
affected landowner along the route to discuss the project and negotiate an
easement agreement.

418 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 418
Authority Engineering: Right-of-Way Acquisition

In addition to a permanent easement the company requires to operate and


maintain its pipeline after it is constructed, the company also requires a
temporary easement during construction.

The permanent easement typically is about 20 m wide in Italy (gas pipeline


with DP >24 bar) and the temporary easement typically will range between an
additional 10 m depending on the size of pipeline, larger pipelines require the
use of bigger equipment and more room to operate. The amount of workspace
required is also dependent on the type of terrain being crossed and any
special construction requirements.

419 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 419
ACQUISITION OF PIPELINE RIGHT-OF-WAY

Right-of-way for gas pipeline in Italy

pipeline

20 m 20 m DP> 24 bar

8m 8m DP = 24 bar

6m 6m DP =12 bar

420 15
04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 420
Authority Engineering: Right-of-Way Acquisition

Construction area

30 m for NPS 48

Materiale
di scavo
Scotico

421 15
04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 421
16
Authority Engineering: Right-of-Way Acquisition

The landowner is normally compensated a fair market value for the


permanent easement, which while typically allows the landowner continued
use and enjoyment of their property, but with some limitations. The
limitations typically prohibit structures and trees within the easement in
order to preserve safe access of maintenance equipment when necessary
and allows for uninhibited aerial inspection of the pipeline system.
The landowner is generally compensated a lower value for the use of the
temporary construction easement, since this land reverts back to the
landowner after construction for their full use and enjoyment without any
restrictions.
Additionally, landowners are compensated for any damages/losses they
may incur as a result of the construction across their property, such as loss
of crop revenues.

422 15
04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 422
16
Authority Engineering: Right-of-Way Acquisition

Sometimes, the landowner and the pipeline company may not be able to
reach agreement on the terms of an easement. If the commission
determines there is a public need for the pipeline, it will grant the pipeline
company access to the land under eminent domain - the right of the
government to take private land for public use, the same right afforded
utilities, telecommunications companies, railroads and the transportation
infrastructure in many countries.

It is important to point out that, for pipeline projects, eminent domain


applies only to the specific facilities and uses authorized by the
commission. State then supervise the fair compensation and treatment of
the landowner.

423 15
04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 423
16
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

424 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 424
HYDRAULICS CONTENTS

1. Types of transport pipelines and products


2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
3. Fluid physical properties
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas pipelines steady flow
4.2 Liquid pipelines steady flow
4.3 Gas pipelines transient flow
4.4 Liquid pipelines transient flow
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.1 Multiphase pipelines steady flow
5.2 Multiphase pipelines flow assurance

425 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 425
1. Types of transport pipelines and products
General Classification

A. EXPORT PIPELINES – GAS, OIL, WATER ONE-PHASE


FLOW
B. FLOWLINES – MULTIPHASE FLUIDS
(OIL+GAS+WATER) FOR GATHERING AND
INJECTION SYSTEMS
C. TRUNKLINES - MULTIPHASE FLUIDS
(OIL+GAS+WATER) FOR GATHERING AND
INJECTION SYSTEMS
D. SPECIAL TRANSPORT PIPELINES – SOLID/LIQUID
SLURRIES, WAXY CRUDE OILS

426 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 426
1. Types of transport pipelines and products
Example of Gas Export Pipeline System - Flowsheet
ANNEX 1 : CASE3 ONSHORE ROUTE THROUGH BANGLADESH - 10.2 BSCMY - OPTIMIZED SOLUTION
Myanmar-
Bangladesh Bangladesh-
CS1 / 1st Border / 2nd India Border / HRT / 4th
Metering Metering 3rd Metering Metering
Block A1 SRT Station Station CS2 Station Station

Gas Temperature in-ou °C Max. 45 25.6 26-50 48.5 33-50 33.4 29


Roughness micron 25 15 15 15 15 15 15
Pipeline Flow Rate KSCMH 1176 1176 1171 1171 1167 1167 1167
NPS inch 40 36 36 36 36 36 36
Inside Diameter mm 970.8 888.2 888.2 888.2 888.2 888.2 888.2
Inlet Pressure barg 88.8 84 65.8 92.5 65.8 67.2 46
Outlet Pressure barg 88 84 93.6 92.5 93.6 67.2 46
KP km -59 0 134 145 390 625 750
Compression Power kW - - 14700 - 15100 - -
Fuel Gas Consumption KSCMH 0 0 5 0 4 0 0
MAOP barg 98.5 98.5 98.5 98.5 98.5 98.5 98.5
MAOT °C 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
Rating ANSI 600# 600# 600# 600# 600# 600# 600#

Notes: Absorbed power refers to operated gas compressor trains


Pipeline material is : API Spc.5L, Grade X-70
Utilization factor = 1 (8760 hrs/yr)
Shown Diameters are intended as outside diameter
Outlet pressure at user location are downstream from the pressure control and metering station
The total investment cost for a metering station is 9 MUSD

427 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 427
1. Types of transport pipelines and products
Example of Onshore Gathering System

428 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 428
2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
System Definition
A. The extent of the pipeline system, its functional requirements and applicable
legislation should be defined and documented.

B. The extent of the system should be defined by describing the system,


including the facilities with their general locations and demarcations and
interfaces with other facilities.

C. The functional requirements should define the required design life and design
conditions. Normal, extreme and shut-in operating conditions with their
possible ranges in flow rates, pressures, temperatures, fluid compositions
should be identified and considered when defining the design conditions.

D. The transport configuration in terms of pipeline size, wall thickness and


number of pump (or compressor) stations (if any), is determined according to
a technical-economical optimization analysis.

429 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 429
2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
Work Process

430 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 430
2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
Design Premises

431 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 431
2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
Hydraulic Analysis Purpose

432 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 432
2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
Sizing Parameters and Criteria - 1
1. Definition of Pressure Constraints : the MOP (Maximum Operating
Pressure) at the system inlets is defined on the basis of estimation of
concentrated and distributed pressure drops along the transport
system
2. Definition of Design Pressure : MOP + margin
3. Calculation of Pipeline Wall Thickness : by applying for instance ASME
code, the pipeline wall thickness t is:
Pi D
t=σ+A σ=
2 FEY
where:
Pi = Design pressure
D = Internal diameter
Y = Minimum yield strength of pipe wall material
F = Design factor
E = Weld joint factor
A = Allowances for corrosion, threading and grooving, and protective
measure
433 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 433
2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
Sizing Parameters and Criteria - 2
4. Steady-state flow simulations at maximum flow : they are
carried out to define the line size, by considering the
overdesign flow condition and respecting the following criteria:
a) Pipeline inlet pressure : The maximum required inlet pressure for
a pipeline shall not exceed the maximum available inlet pressure
b) Fluid velocity : The gas velocity in the pipeline should not exceed
20 m/s (optimal value : 5-10 m/s), while that for the liquid
should not exceed 4 m/s (optimal value : 1-2 m/s)
c) Erosional velocity ratio : The erosional velocity ratio shall not be
greater than unity for all pipelines
d) Absence of severe slugging for multiphase lines : The possible
slug flow conditions shall not originate severe slugging, which
could hinder a stable system operation

434 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 434
2. Pipeline system design – Sizing Criteria
Sizing Parameters and Criteria - 3
5. Transient flow simulations
a) Multiphase lines : The aim of transient simulations in multiphase
lines is mainly concerned with the definition of maximum slug
size and duration for slug catcher sizing
b) Liquid lines : Transients are carried out to calculate water
hammer effects caused by sudden valves closure and pump trips.
During this transient conditions surge pressures are calculated
and it is verified if they are within the limits of the applicable
code for accidental conditions. If not, adequate pipeline
protection measures shall be defined, or the line size can be
changed.
c) Gas lines : Transient simulations are performed mainly to define
operability limits as survival and packing times, or blowdown
scenarios

435 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 435
3. Fluid physical properties
Phase Diagrams for a Multicomponent Mixture (Rich Gas)

120
D
100

E
80

P ressure (b ara )
60

40
F
20

G
0
-140 -120 -100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60
Temperature (°C)

436 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 436
3. Fluid physical properties
Typical Properties Trends
‹ Density of gas is strongly dependent on both pressure
(compressibility) and temperature (increases with pressure,
decreases with temperature)
‹ Density of oil is significantly dependent on temperature and
weakly dependent on pressure (incompressibility) (increases
with pressure, decreases with temperature)
‹ Gas viscosity is low (~ 0.01 cP)
‹ Oil viscosity is strongly dependent on temperature; for normal
oils is ~ few cP, but can be much higher for heavy oils
ρ (T0 )
ρ L (T ) =
1 + β (T − T0 )
ν L (T ) = exp(exp(A + B ln(T + 273))) − 0.8

437 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 437
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow
1-D Flow Equations
‹ The system of flow equations in conservative form, neglecting
gravitational contributions, are:
∂ (ρv ) 1 dS
=− ρv
∂x S dx
(
∂ ρv 2 + p)=−
1 dS 2
ρv + τ
∂x S dx

∂ (ρvH ) 1 dS
=− ρvH + qH
∂x S dx
‹ Friction and heat transfer (based on Fanning friction factor
definition)
f
τ = − ρv 2 ^

RP q H = − h i (Taw − Twall )
438 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 438
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow
Moody Diagram for Friction Factor

439 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 439
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow
Effects of Compressibility and Friction in Gas Pipe Flow
200 275

180 270

160 265

140 260

Temperature (K)
Pressure (bara)

120 255

100 250 Compressible Flow


80 245 Temperature (K)
Incompressible Flow
60 Compressible Flow 240 Temperature (K)
Pressure (bara)
40 235
Incompressible Flow
Pressure (bara) 0.8
20 230

0 0.7 Compressible Flow 225


0 20 40 60 80 100
Mach Number 0 20 40 60 80 100
x (m) 0.6 x (m)
Incompressible Flow
Mach Number
0.5
Mach Number

0.4

0.3

0.2

0.1

0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100
x (m)

440 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 440
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow
Friction in Gas Pipe Flow – Pressure Drop Trend
Upstream Pipe Exit Boundary
Condition with pressure PB
P0
T0
ρ0

Flow PE

P/P0 (a) Subsonic Flow


(b)

(c) Critical Flow


0
P*/P0
(d)

Distance along Pipe

P*/P0
Flow Rate
through the (d) (c) (b)
Pipe

(a)

0 1
PB/P0

441 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 441
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow
Friction in Gas Pipe Flow – Flow Chart
Chocked Flow Line
0.7
K=0.1

0.6 K=0.2

K=0.5

0.5 K=1

K=2
0.4
K=5
W/W0

K=10
0.3
K=20

K=50
0.2
K=100

0.1 K=200

Chocking
Line
0
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
PB/P0

442 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 442
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow
System Hydraulic Definition
‹ Pressure Head Curve, including all information on pipeline
elevation profile, pressure drop at design flow conditions, head
curves at special conditions Æ determines wall thicknesses

‹ Main head curves are:


– Design flow head curve
– Static head curve

‹ Static head curve is relevant to pipeline shutdown condition –


Gas pipelines are usually designed to withstand a fully
pressurized gas at design pressure, thus the pipeline can be
used as a gas storage volume in order to speed up restart
operation – Wall thickness is sized according to this scenario,
and a uniform value along the route is usually selected

443 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 443
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow

Gas Quality Constraints


‹ To avoid deposits in a pipeline and to minimize the possibility
of any kind of corrosion, including internal stress corrosion, it
is essential that the gas should conform to the following:

– The water dew-point, at the working pressure, should at all times


be below the temperatures of the pipeline.

– The hydrocarbon dew-point, at the working pressure, should at


all times be below the temperature of the pipeline –this will also
ensure that the calorific value of the gas is not reduced by
condensation of hydrocarbons.

– It should be dust-free.

444 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 444
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.1 Gas Pipelines Steady Flow
Gas Heating for Joule-Thompson Cooling
‹ During operation of the pipeline system the minimum design
temperature may be violated due to high utilisation of the
system or high pressure gradients in part of the system
(Joule-Thomson effect). During normal operation heating of
the gas may be required to avoid the temperature to drop
below the minimum design temperature or other limitations
(sales agreements). In upset situations the pressure build-up
in parts of the system may cause the temperature to drop
below the minimum design temperature. Heating of the gas
may therefore be required in order to avoid the minimum
temperature to be violated.

445 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 445
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.2 Liquid Pipelines Steady Flow
Basic Flow Equations
P v2
‹ Total Head Definition H = z+ +
ρg 2 g

H1 = H 2 + ΔH
‹ Bernoulli Equation
P1 v12 P2 v22
z1 + + = z2 + + + ΔH
ρg 2 g ρg 2 g
L v2
‹ Distributed Pressure Losses ΔH d = λ
D 2g
1 ⎛ 2.51 ε ⎞
= −2 log⎜ + ⎟
‹ Colebrook-White Correlation λ ⎝ Re λ 3.71D ⎠
446 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 446
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.2 Liquid Pipelines Steady Flow
System Hydraulic Definition
‹ Pressure Head Curve, including all information on pipeline
elevation profile, pressure drop at design flow conditions, head
curves at special conditions Æ determines wall thicknesses

‹ Main head curves are:


– Design flow head curve
– Static head curve
– Shut-in head curve
– Relief head curve

‹ Static head curve is relevant to inlet pumps at shut-off


‹ Shut-in head curve is zero flow head with slack line
commencement condition
‹ Relief head curve is the head curve relevant to outlet pressure
set-point of relief system
447 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1 Ed.– September 2010
st 447
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.2 Liquid Pipelines Steady Flow
Example of Pressure Head Curve for Oil Pipeline Design Based on
Static Head – Visualization of Different Wall Thickness
Distribution Along the Route
Hydraulic Gradient - 48" / 42" Pipeline
100 microns - X70 - Wall thickness selection based on static head curve
5000

4500

4000

3500
Elevation / H ead [m ]

3000

2500

2000

1500

1000

500

0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Profile wt=11.1 wt=11.9
Kilometric Progressive [km] wt=12.7
wt=15.9 wt=17.5 wt=19.1 wt=20.6
wt=23.8 wt=25.4 wt=27 wt=28.6
wt=31.8 1500 kBOPD gradient Design Line Selected wt
448 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 448
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.3 Gas Pipelines Transient Flow
Types of Transient Operations in Gas Pipeline Systems
‹ Pipeline shut-down – Closure of two boundary valves, rarefaction
wave generated at the inlet, compression wave at the outlet – If
outlet valve not closed Æ Survival Time – If inlet valve not closed
Æ Packing

‹ Pipeline start-up - Inlet and outlet valves are opened, inlet


compressors are restarted as well as the flow delivery to the
terminal plant, inlet compression wave and outlet rarefaction
wave generation

‹ Pipeline or plant blowdown – Operative and emergency blowdown

449 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 449
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.3 Gas Pipelines Transient Flow
Pipeline Systems Blowdown Real Conditions
‹ Finite opening time of blowdown valves (no shock waves)
‹ Possible strong cooling downstream orifices Æ material selection
‹ Code requirements (depressurization in fixed time for plant
piping, Mach number limitations)
‹ Safety area surrounding vent or flare systems
‹ Vibrations, noise

450 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 450
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.3 Gas Pipelines Transient Flow
Realistic Flow Conditions during Blowdown

451 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 451
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.3 Gas Pipelines Transient Flow
Pipeline Rupture and Ductile Fracture Propagation

Resistance Curve with a higher CV


Resistance Curve with a CV giving a tangency point

Driving Curve for Perfect Gas

Pressure

Velocity

452 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 452
4. Hydraulic study for one phase fluids
4.4 Liquid Pipelines Transient Flow
Water Hammer Scenarios
‹ Transient or accidental operations may generate high pressure
surges
‹ Main water hammer scenarios:
– Fast closure or opening of valves
– Pump start up
– Pump trip
‹ These scenarios cause the generation of internal large amplitude
pressure waves propagating inside the pipeline, which can
compromise its integrity
‹ A transient analysis must be carried out during pipeline design in
order to evaluate the need for protection systems installation

453 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 453
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.1 Multiphase Pipelines Steady Flow
General
‹ The multiphase flow is the case when several fluid phases flow
simultaneously in a pipe
‹ The oil produced by reservoirs, which is normally associated to
water, gas and sand. When free water is present it is considered
as a separate phase even if it is in the liquid status, and the flow
of oil, gas and water is defined three-phase flow. The fluid is
usually a multi-component hydrocarbon mixture.
‹ The geometry of the flow, i.e., the geometry of the interfaces
giving the phase spatial distribution, is not known and cannot be
determined a priori, but is rather a part of the solution Æ Flow
Regime
‹ The distribution of the phases in the pipe determines other design
parameters such as heat transfer, pressure drop, etc.; and
without knowing the one, the others cannot be calculated

454 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 454
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.1 Multiphase Pipelines Steady Flow
Flow Regimes in Vertical Pipes

455 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 455
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.1 Multiphase Pipelines Steady Flow
Flow Regimes in Horizontal Pipes

456 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 456
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.1 Multiphase Pipelines Steady Flow
Slug Flow

457 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 457
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.1 Multiphase Pipelines Steady Flow
Pressure Drop Calculations for Two-Phase Pipelines
‹ The total pressure drop calculation for two phase pipelines is
given by different contributions:

ΔP = ΔPHH + ΔPKE + ΔPfric


‹ The kinetic energy term is usually negligible with respect to

ΔPHH + ΔPfric
‹ The friction term is much more variable and its form depends on
the particular flow regime that is considered
‹ The interaction between the hydrostatic and frictional terms gives
rise to a peculiar behaviour of two-phase gas-liquid pipelines
which traverse an undulating terrain.

458 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 458
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.1 Multiphase Pipelines Steady Flow
Pressure Drop for a Two-Phase Pipeline in Hilly Terrain

ΔPTOTAL
PRESSURE DROP

ΔPHH

ΔPf

OVERALL FLOW RATE

459 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 459
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
Slugging
a) Hydrodynamic slugs : they are the slugs relevant to the steady
flow belonging to the “slug flow regime”; usually they have a
smaller size with respect to other kinds of slugs
b) Terrain induced slugs : they are generated by liquid accumulation
in pipeline dips and at the base of a riser, which is suddenly
delivered when the upstream pressure increases enough to
overcome the liquid volume weight (“severe slugging”)
c) Pigging generated slugs : they are generated by the pipeline
pigging operation, when the liquid phase, is accumulated in front
of the scraper
d) Ramp-up or Start-up generated slugs : generated when a flow
increase is imposed on the line

460 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 460
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
Terrain Slugging
A. Slug formation C. Gas penetration

B.Slug production D. Gas blow-down

461 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 461
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
Severe Slugging
80 Pipeline Inlet Pressure (bara) 200
Pipeline Outlet Liquid Volume Flow (m3/h)
Pipeline Outlet Gas Volume Flow (m3/h)
75
160

Actual Volume Flow Rate (m3/h)


70
Pressure (bara)

120

65

80
60

40
55

50 0
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Time (h)

462 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 462
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
Pigging Generated Slugging

A: Slug build-up
Gas
B. Front arrival Liquid
A B C D

Flowrate
C. Slug surface

D. Pig arrival Time

463 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 463
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
Hydrate Risk Diagram

Hydrate Risk
Hydrate Zone

Hydrate Free Zone

Hydrate Formation Curve

Hydrate Dissociation Curve

464 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 464
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
The Hydrate Problem

465 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 465
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
Prevention of Hydrate Problem
1. Keep the system pressure below the hydrate formation curve.
2. Maintain the temperature above the hydrate formation
temperature.
3. Water removal provides the best protection but often is not
feasible.
4. Change the hydrate formation curve.
5. Inhibit the formation of hydrates.

466 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 466
5. Hydraulic study for multiphase fluids
5.2 Multiphase Pipelines Flow Assurance
Remedial of Hydrate Problem
a) Depressurization. The preferred method to dissociate hydrate plugs
is to depressurize from both sides of the plug. An intermediate
pressure reduction rate is recommended (avoiding Joule-Thompson
cooling).
b) Chemical Injection. Large variations in elevation Æ It is unlikely that
an inhibitor will reach a plug without flow. Standard practice is to
inject inhibitor in an attempt to get the inhibitor next to the plug.
Injecting inhibitor into a line may not help with dissociating the
hydrate blockage but useful for preventing other hydrate blockages
during the remediation process and when flow resumes.
c) Heating. Is a viable option for topside hydrate plugs if they can be
located in a precise way and the process can be controlled step by
step.
d) Mechanical Approach. Standard pigs are not recommended for
removing a hydrate plug Æ “Coiled tubing”

467 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 467
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

468 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 468
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 6. : Construction

- Section 6.1 : Pipeline Construction


- Section 6.2 : Trenchless Technologies
- Section 6.3 : Welding

469 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 469
6.1 : PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
A pipeline can be broken down in to three basic components
where different form of construction methods are normally used
as follows:

1. Open cross-country areas, where the spread technique is


used;

2. Crossings, where special crews and particularly construction


techniques are used;

3. Special sections such as build up areas, difficult terrain


sections and environmentally sensitive areas.

470 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 470
6.1 : PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
A pipeline construction project looks much like a moving
assembly line:

471 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 471
6.1 : PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
A large construction project typically is broken into manageable
lengths to be constructed by a fully equipped, highly specialized
qualified workgroup, called construction spreads.

Each spread is composed of various crews, each with its own


set of responsibilities. As one crew completes its work, the next
crew moves into position to complete its piece of the
construction process.

A construction spread may be 30 to 100 Km in length, with the


front of the spread clearing the right-of-way and the back of the
spread restoring the right-of-way.

472 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 472
6.1 : PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION

Typical pipeline spread

473 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 473
6.1 : PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
The implementation of the spread technique is conditional on
the pipeline being welded above ground in maximum possible
continuous lengths between obstructions/crossings.

These welded pipe lengths are then immediately installed


trenches utilising multiple mobile lifting tractors (side-booms) in
unison.

Any breaks in the main pipeline spread activities are undertaken


by dedicated specialist crews utilising a variety of special
construction techniques.

Because a pipeline is a production line, it is essential that the


one crew causes stoppage or disruption on the preceding or
subsequent crew.
474 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 474
6.1 : PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
The float between the crews has to manage properly to avoid
disruption and stand by costs.

Typical pipeline construction plan (marchart)

475 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 475
6.1 : PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
Pre-construction activities
Pre-construction activities need to be carried out by
construction contractor prior the start of main pipeline
installation activities. These activities include mainly:

- detail design finalization


- mobilization
- notification of entry to landowners
- setting up of pipe yards and base camps
- design of land drainage in agricultural areas
- construction of temporary access roads
- pre-environmental mitigation works
- agreeing with landowner any special requirement prior to
entry onto their proprieties

476 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 476
Onshore Pipeline - Main Construction Equipment

Saipem
Saipem Equipments
Equipments

• 124 Cranes (10-150 Tons)

• 147 Sidebooms

• 103 Dozers and Tracker Loaders

• 147 Backhoes

• 65 Wheeled Loaders

• 152 Pay Welders

• 51 Pipe Bending Machines

• 1347 Car, Off Road Vehicle,


Truck and Buses

• Camp facilities (Beds) for 3450 people

477 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 477
Onshore Pipeline - Main Construction Equipment

A sideboom for pipe laying

478 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 478
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Once the pre-construction activities have been completed, the main
construction works can start. Generally, operations are carried out in the
following main activities:
- pre-construction survey
- clearing and grading
- stringing and pipe bending
- trenching
- welding
- coating
- lowering in
- backfilling
- main crossings
- facilities
- hydrotesting, final tie-ins and commissioning
- restoration

479 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 479
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Pre-construction survey
Before construction begins, Contractor surveys environmental
features along proposed pipeline segments.

Utility lines and agricultural drainages are located and marked


to prevent accidental damage during pipeline construction.

Next, the pipeline's centerline and the exterior right of way


boundaries are staked.

480 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 480
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Pre-construction survey
(easement boundary demarcation)

481 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 481
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading


The Clearing and Grading phase leads the construction
spread. It includes removing trees, boulders and debris from
the construction right-of-way and preparing a level working
surface for the heavy construction equipment that follows. Silt
fence are installed along edges of streams and wetlands to
prevent erosion of disturbed soil. Trees inside the right-of-way
are cut down and the timber along the side of the right-of-way
are removed or stacked. Brush is shredded and properly
disposed. As may be necessary in agricultural areas, topsoil
may also be stripped to a predetermined depth and stockpiled
along the sides of the right-of-way.

482 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 482
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading

483 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 483
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading


(top soil strip operations)

484 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 484
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading


(sod slabs removing)

485 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 485
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading


(right of way side protections)

486 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 486
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading (archaeological findings)

487 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 487
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading: ice road

488 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 488
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading

489 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 489
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Clearing and Grading


In Sakhalin (Russia)

490 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 490
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Stringing
At steel rolling mills where the pipe is fabricated, pipeline
representatives will carefully inspect new pipe to assure that it
meets industry and local safety standards. For corrosion control,
the outside surface will be treated with a protective coating.
The pipe will be transported from the pipe mill to a pipe storage
yard in the vicinity of the pipeline location. The pipe lengths
typically are 12-14 m long. The pipe is moved from the storage
yard to the pipeline right-of-way using dedicated trailers. The
pipe joints are careful distributed according to the design plan
since the type of coating and wall thickness can vary based on
soil conditions and location

491 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 491
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Stringing

492 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 492
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Stringing in
desert areas

493 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 493
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Stringing by tractors

494 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 494
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Stringing in the trench

495 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 495
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Stringing in swamp

496 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 496
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Stringing in cold region

497 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 497
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Pipe Bending
Once the pipe has been strung along the easement, contractor
will follow to determine the location of all bends required in
order that the pipeline can follow the contour of the land as
detailed in the design drawings.

There are two types of bends normally used:

- hot pre-formed bends which are manufactured off site in a


factory and are to a radius of 5 to 7 times the pipe diameter;

- cold bends which are to a radius of 40 times the pipe


diameter and are formed in the field.

498 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 498
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Pipe Bending
The pipe bending crew will use a bending machine to make
slight bends in the pipe to account for changes in the pipeline
route and to conform to the topography.

The bending machine uses a series of clamps and hydraulic


pressure to make a very smooth, controlled bend in the pipe.

All bending is performed in strict accordance with project


prescribed standards to ensure integrity of the bend.

499 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 499
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Pipe Cold Bending

500 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 500
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Typical equipment for cold bending

501 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 501
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Pipe Bending
The number of cold bends required depends on the route and
contours of the pipeline. Typically, they can range from 1 in 10
in developed regions to 1 in 50 in open country. The cold bend
angle that can be achieved ranges from maximum angles of 12
degrees (42” pipe) to 40 degrees (12” pipe).

502 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 502
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Pipe Bending: gauging plate to check the “out-of-roundness”


tolerance after each pipe has been bent

503 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 503
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching
The pipe trench is dug using a wheel trencher or backhoe. The
pipe is buried a minimum of 0.9/1 m. The pipe will be buried
even deeper at stream and road crossings.
If the crew finds large quantities of solid rock during the
trenching operation, it will use special equipment or explosives
to remove the rock.
In cultivated areas the topsoil over the trench will be removed
first and kept separate from the excavated subsoil, a process
called topsoiling. As backfilling operations begin, the soil will be
returned to the trench in reverse order with the subsoil put back
first, followed by the topsoil. This process ensures the topsoil is
returned to its original position.

504 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 504
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching

505 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 505
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching in rocky areas

506 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 506
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching

507 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 507
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching

508 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 508
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching in cold weather

509 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 509
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching in swamp

510 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 510
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching in swamp

511 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 511
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Trenching in desert areas

512 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 512
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Welding
Welding is the process that joins the various sections of pipe
together into one continuous length.

Special pipeline equipment called side booms are used to pick


up each joint of pipe, align it with the previous joint and hold it
in place while the initial weld (first pass) is completed.

The process is then repeated to the next section to complete


each weld.

513 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 513
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Welding
In recent years, contractors have used semi-automatic welding
units to move down a pipeline and complete the welding
process. Semi-automatic welding, done to strict specifications,
still requires qualified welders, and personnel are required to
set up the equipment and hand-weld at connection points and
crossings.

As part of the quality-assurance process, each welder must


pass qualification tests to work on a particular pipeline job, and
each weld procedure must be approved for use on that job in
accordance with federally adopted welding standards.
Welder qualification takes place before the project begins.

514 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 514
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Welding
Each welder must complete several welds using the same type
of pipe as that to be used in the project. The welds are then
evaluated by placing the welded material in a machine and
measuring the force required to pull the weld apart. It is
interesting to note that the weld has a greater tensile strength
than the pipe itself.

A second quality-assurance test ensures the quality of the


ongoing welding operation. To do this, qualified technicians
take X-rays of the pipe welds to ensure the completed welds
meet federally prescribed quality standards.

515 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 515
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Welding
The X-ray technician processes the film in a small, portable
darkroom at the site. If the technician detects any flaws, the
weld is repaired or cut out, and a new weld is made. Another
form of weld quality inspection employs ultrasonic technology.

516 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 516
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Aligning two line pipe joints for welding

517 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 517
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Welding

518 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 518
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Manual Welding

519 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 519
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Automatic Welding

Manual Welding

520 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 520
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Welding: AUT EQUIPMENT

521 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 521
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Welding: Manual UT

522 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 522
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Coating
Line pipe is externally coated to inhibit corrosion by preventing
moisture from coming into direct contact with the steel.
Normally, this is done at the mill where the pipe is
manufactured or at another coating plant location before it is
delivered to the construction site.

All coated pipe, however, has uncoated areas three to six


inches from each end to prevent the coating from interfering
with the welding process. Once the welds are made, a coating
crew coats the field joint, the area around the weld, before the
pipeline is lowered into the ditch.

523 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 523
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Coating
Pipeline companies use several different types of coatings for
field joints. Prior to application, the coating crew thoroughly
cleans the bare pipe with a power wire brush or sandblast to
remove any dirt, mill scale or debris.

The crew then applies the coating and allows it to dry prior to
lowering the pipe in the ditch. Before the pipe is lowered into
the trench, the coating of the entire pipeline is inspected to
ensure it is free of any defects.

524 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 524
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Field Joint Coating

525 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 525
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in
Lowering the welded pipe into the trench demands close
coordination and skilled operators.

Using a series of side-booms, which are tracked construction


equipment with a boom on the side, operators simultaneously
lift the pipe and carefully lower the welded sections into the
trench. Non-metallic slings protect the pipe and coating as it is
lifted and moved into position.

In rocky areas the contractor may place sandbags or foam


blocks at the bottom of the trench prior to lowering-in to protect
the pipe and coating from damage.

526 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 526
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in: inspection with “holiday” detector

527 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 527
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in

528 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 528
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in

529 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 529
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in

530 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 530
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in (high water table ground)

531 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 531
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in high water table ground

532 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 532
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in cold weather

533 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 533
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Lowering in desert areas

534 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 534
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Backfilling
Once the pipe has been placed in the trench, the trench can be
backfilled. This is accomplished with either a backhoe or
padding machine depending on the soil makeup. As the
operations begin, the soil is returned to the trench in reverse
order, with the subsoil put back first, followed by the topsoil.
This ensures the topsoil is returned to its original position.
In areas where the ground is rocky and coarse, the backfill
material is screened to remove rocks, or bring in clean fill to
cover the pipe. Once the pipe is sufficiently covered, the
coarser soil and rock can be used to complete the backfill.

535 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 535
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Backfilling (trench breakers)

536 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 536
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Backfilling

537 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 537
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Backfilling

538 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 538
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Backfilling: trench with Fiber Optic Cable

539 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 539
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Backfilling

540 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 540
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings


This crossing method involves excavating a trench across the
bottom of the river or stream to be crossed with the pipeline.
Depending on the depth of the water, the construction
equipment may have to be placed on barges or other floating
platforms to excavate the pipe trench. If the water is shallow
enough, the contractor can divert the water flow with dams and
flume pipe to allow backhoes, working from the banks or the
streambed, to dig the trench.
The contractor prepares the pipe for the crossing by stringing it
out on one side of the stream or river and then welding, coating
and hydrostatically testing the entire pipe segment.

541 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 541
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings


Sidebooms carry the pipe segment into the stream bed, similar
to construction on land, or the construction crew floats the pipe
into the river with flotation devices and positions it for burial in
the trench. Concrete weights or concrete coating ensure the
pipe will stay in position at the bottom of the trench once the
contractor removes the flotation devices.

542 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 542
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

543 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 543
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

544 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 544
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

545 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 545
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

546 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 546
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

547 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 547
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

548 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 548
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

549 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 549
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings

550 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 550
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Open Cut River and Stream Crossings


Batimetric survey and scuba diving assistance

551 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 551
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Danubio river crossing: NPS 42/26 joint together


(y 2000)
552 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 552
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Danubio river crossing: NPS 42/26 pulling string

553 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 553
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Danubio river crossing: suction dredge

554 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 554
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Danubio river crossing: pulling winch

555 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 555
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

Wetlands
"Pipelining" in wetlands or marshes requires another special
construction technique. In one technique, crews place large
timber mats ahead of the construction equipment to provide a
stable working platform. The timber mats act much like
snowshoes, spreading the weight of the construction equipment
over a broad area. The mats make it possible to operate the
heavy equipment on the unstable soils.

556 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 556
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Wetlands

557 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 557
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Wetlands

558 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 558
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Wetlands

559 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 559
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Wetlands

560 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 560
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Wetlands

561 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 561
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Road Bores
For crossing most small roads pipeline contractors use the
"open-cut" method. Traffic is diverted while the contractor digs
the trench across the road and installs the pipeline. The
contractor subsequently repairs the road bed and replaces the
pavement.
For highways and major roads with heavy traffic, pipeline
contractors often use road bores to install the pipeline. Similar
to a directional drill for river crossings, the road bore is
accomplished with a horizontal drill rig, or boring machine.

562 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 562
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Road Bores
The boring machine drills a hole under the road to allow
insertion of the pipe. In some instances a casing is first installed
in the hole, and the gas pipeline is inserted inside the casing.
The benefit of the road bore is that it allows installation of the
pipeline without disrupting traffic.

563 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 563
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Road Bores

564 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 564
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Road Bores

565 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 565
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Road Bores

566 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 566
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Pipeline Facilities
The main items consist of:

- Block valve sites


- Scraper traps

All work involved with these facilities will be co-ordinates with


the main spread activities to ensure that overall schedule for
the project is achieved.

567 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 567
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Typical block valve station for gas pipeline

568 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 568
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Typical block valve station for gas pipeline

569 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 569
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Hydrostatic Testing
The pipeline is hydrostatically tested to ensure the system is
capable of withstanding the operating pressure for which it was
designed.

This process involves isolating the pipe segment with test


manifolds, filling the line with water, adding pressure to the
section to a level commensurate with the maximum allowable
operating pressure and class location, and then maintaining
that pressure for a period of 8/24 hours.

The hydrostatic test is conducted in accordance with local


regulations.

570 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 570
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Hydrostatic Testing
Depending on the location of the pipeline, the water used in a
hydrostatic test is drawn from a local river, stream, or lake;
taken from municipal supplies; or trucked to the site. Water for
hydrostatic testing generally is obtained from surface water
sources through specific agreements with landowners and in
accordance with local regulations.

The pipeline is hydrostatically tested after completing the


backfilling and all construction work that would directly affect
the pipe. If leaks are found, the leaks are repaired and the
section of pipe retested until specifications are met.

571 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 571
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Hydrostatic Testing
Once a test section successfully passes the hydrostatic test,
the water is emptied from the pipeline in accordance local
codes requirements.

Water used for the test is then transferred to another pipe


section for subsequent hydrostatic testing or analyzed to
ensure compliance with the local discharge permit
requirements; if necessary, it is treated and discharged.

572 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 572
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

test manifold

573 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 573
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Pig for pipeline cleaning before hydrostatic testing

574 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 574
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Hydrotest: Cleaning Phase

575 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 575
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Final Tie-ins
Following successfull hydrostatic testing, test manifold are
removed and the final tie-ins are made and inspected.

The term ‘Tie-in’ is generally used to describe the connection


of a pipeline to a facility, to other pipeline systems or the
connecting together of different sections of a single pipeline.

Furthermore it can be defined as a welded joint that cannot be


carried out by the main front end welding/production during
the main line laying.

USERS USERS

576 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 576
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Final Tie-ins

Principal Reasons for Tie-Ins Tie-in welds are, for instance,


required at any joint that has not been welded by the front end
welding crew.

As the construction programme and cost efficiency of the


main pipeline production will rely on close to continuous
advance and optimum utilisation of the front-line crew and
equipment then any delays to this continuous process have to
be minimised. Some joints will have been left because they
could not be physically made at the time, others because
making of particular ‘non-standard’ or awkward joints would
cause a disproportionate delay toUSERS
the main production. USERS

577 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 577
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Typical Tie-In Welding Arrangement for new construction External alignment clamps are used which limit
the opportunity for using automated welding processes
USERS USERS
and welding is normally carried out manually.

578 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 578
Main Pipeline Construction Activities
Commissioning
After final tie-ins are complete and inspected, the pipeline is
cleaned and dried by using mechanical tools (pigs) that are
moved through the pipeline containing pressurized dry air.
The pipeline is dried to minimize the potential for internal
corrosion. Once the pipe has dried sufficiently, pipeline
commissioning commences. Commissioning activities involve
verifying that the equipment has been properly installed and is
working, that controls and communications systems are
functional, and that the pipeline is ready for service. In the
final step, the pipeline is prepared for service by purging the
line of air and loading the line with natural gas; in some
cases, the gas is blended at the distribution end until
USERS
achieving a certain moisture content level.
USERS

579 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 579
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Hydrotest: Kaliper pig

580 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 580
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Restoration
The final step in the construction process is restoring the land
as closely as possible to its original condition. Depending on
the project's requirements, this process typically involves
decompacting the construction work areas, replacing topsoil,
removing large rocks that may have been brought to the
surface, completing any final repairs to irrigation systems or
drain tiles, applying lime or fertilizer, restoring fences, etc.

The restoration crew carefully grades the right-of-way and in


hilly areas, installs erosion-prevention measures such as
interceptor dikes, which are small earthen mounds constructed
across the right-of-way to divert water.

581 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 581
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Restoration
The restoration crew also installs riprap, consisting of stones or
timbers, along streams and wetlands to stabilize soils. As a
final measure the crew may plant seed and mulches the
construction right-of-way to restore it to its original condition.

582 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 582
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Restoration

583 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 583
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Restoration

584 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 584
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Restoration

585 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 585
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Restoration

586 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 586
Main Pipeline Construction Activities

Restoration

587 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 587
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 6. : Construction

- Section 6.1 : Pipeline Construction


- Section 6.2 : Trenchless Technologies
- Section 6.3 : Welding

588 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 588
6.2 : TRENCHLESS TECHNOLOGIES

Design of long distance, large diameter pipeline systems


requires the crossing of inaccessible and challenging
sections and getting over natural and artificial obstacles.

Pipeline technologies permit to find the optimum solution,


in agreement with required safety level and in compliance
with the requirements of environmental protection for
crossing mountains, rivers, channels, rice fields, swamp
areas by means of:

• Tunnels (existing and new)


• Microtunnels
• HDD.

589 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 589
6.2 : TRENCHLESS TECHNOLOGIES

RE-USING OF EXISTING
TUNNELS

590 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 590
RE-USING OF EXISTING TUNNELS
URWEID TUNNEL
The project for the expansion of the gas pipeline system for importing gas
from Northern Europe was a transnational project that, due to its strategic
importance and the operational difficulties that characterize it, presents a true
technical, organizational and economic challenge.

The use of tunnels for crossing the Alps with gas pipelines was a very
sophisticated technical solution.

Out of the entire project, the section that is sure to be remembered as one of
the most difficult and that presented one of the biggest design and
construction challenges was the crossing of the Alps between the Rodano
river valley, in the Swiss Municipality of Obergesteln, and the Toce river
valley, in the Italian Municipality of Formazza in the Piedmont region.

591 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 591
RE-USING OF EXISTING TUNNELS

URWEID TUNNEL
In this section, with a total length of 25 km, the new 1200 (48”) pipeline was
laid in replacement of the old 850 (34”) ND line reutilizing the three existing
tunnels:

the Grimsel tunnel: 12562 m long, entirely in Swiss territory;

the Obergesteln tunnel: 2348 m long, entirely in Swiss territory;

the Gries tunnel: 6148 m long, of which 2525 m in Swiss territory and 3623 m
in Italian territory;

the Antillone tunnel: 2258 m long, entirely in Italian territory.

592 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 592
RE-USING OF EXISTING TUNNELS

GRIMSEL tunnel URWEID TUNNEL

LENGHT: 12.562 m

N. 4 AUXILIARY
ACCESS

SLOPE: 1-3%, 41%,


85%

MAX ELEVATION
S.L.M. 1.993 m

593 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 593
GAS PIPELINE HOLLAND - ITALY
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

URWEID TUNNEL

594 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 594
RE-USING OF EXISTING TUNNELS

URWEID TUNNEL

NORTH ENTRY SOUTH ENTRY

0,5%
8,0%
7 5%

10
0%
2,1%

8%

TUNNEL LEVEL 2386.85 2386.85 2394.35 2306.36 1948.19 1811.11

TUNNELS LENGTH SWISS SECTION ITALIAN SECTION


2548 m 3467 m
6000 m

Expansion of the nothern Europe gas pipeline system - GRIES TUNNEL

595 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 595
NORTH EUROPE GAS EXPANSION
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

GRIES TUNNEL

RE-USING OF EXISTING TUNNELS


REPLACEMENT

596 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 596
NORTH EUROPE GAS EXPANSION
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

GRIES TUNNEL

597 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 597
NORTH EUROPE GAS EXPANSION
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

GRIES TUNNEL

598 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 598
NORTH EUROPE GAS EXPANSION
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

GRIES TUNNEL

599 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 599
NORTH EUROPE GAS EXPANSION
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

GRIES TUNNEL

600 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 600
CONSTRUCTION OF NEW TUNNELS

601 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 601
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

The solution to install gas pipelines in tunnels of large


diameters excavated by TBM (Tunnel Boring Machine) or
by traditional technology is adopted to pass through high
mountains for extended lengths, where the alternative
cross country routes are not competitive, in terms of
remarkable additional lengths, construction costs, heavy
environmental impact.

602 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 602
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

The most appropriate tunnelling technology is selected


according to the characteristics of the soil:

TBM (open machine) for hard rock formations, with


circular cross section and sprayed concrete lining

TBM (shield machine) for soft soils, with circular section


and reinforced lining (segmental lining)

Drill and Blast for hard and very hard rocks.

603 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 603
GAS PIPELINE HOLLAND - ITALY
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

FURCULTI TUNNEL ( Italy ) - TBM OPEN

604 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 604
GAS PIPELINE HOLLAND - ITALY
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

FURCULTI TUNNEL ( Italy ) - TBM OPEN

605 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 605
GAS PIPELINE HOLLAND - ITALY
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

FURCULTI TUNNEL ( Italy ) - Northern Entry

606 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 606
GAS PIPELINE HOLLAND - ITALY
SWITZERLAND - ITALY SECTION

FURCULTI TUNNEL ( Italy )

607 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 607
TUNNELING

SORENBERG TUNNEL ( Switzerland )


TBM SIMPLE SHIELD

608 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 608
TUNNELING
SÖRENBERG TUNNEL
(Switzerland)
GEOLOGICAL PROFILE
(approx. 5300 m long)

609 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 609
TUNNELING
SÖRENBERG TUNNEL: Northern Mouth

610 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 610
TUNNELING
SÖRENBERG TUNNEL: TBM in place

611 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 611
TUNNELING
SÖRENBERG TUNNEL: internal lining
installation

612 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 612
TUNNELING
SÖRENBERG TUNNEL: conveyor system

Ventilation duct Conveyor belt

613 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 613
TUNNELING
SÖRENBERG TUNNEL: conveyor system

614 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 614
TUNNELING

MONTJOVET TUNNEL ( Italy )


Oil and Gas Pipelines
615 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 615
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

MICROTUNNEL

616 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 616
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
Microtunnelling is a viable solution for short lengths, soft
rocks and loose soils, enabling to:

Crossing of railroads and highways with no interferences on


traffic operations

Crossing of rivers with no intervention works on


embankments

Crossing of natural obstacles and steep rises, very sensitive


environments, strongly reducing the lengths of external
routes and the environmental impact.

617 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 617
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
CUTTING HEAD
CUTTING HEAD HYDRAULIC
MOTOR •
STEERING CYLINDERS
VOID
WATER FEEDER LINE
SLURRY LINE
FEEDER WATER PUMP
SLURRY PUMP
MAIN JACKING CYLINDER
INTERMEDIATE JACKING
CYLINDER
JACKING WALL
LASER SORCE
LASER TARGET
SLURRY TANK
HYDRAULIC POWER PACK
CONTROL CABIN
CONCRETE JACKING PIPE
LAUNCH SEAL

618 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 618
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

Microtunnel: Typical design profile

619 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 619
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

620 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 620
LAUNCH PIT CONSTRUCTION PHASE

621 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 621
LAUNCHING RING

622 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 622
CONCRETE JACKING PIPE

623 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 623
LAUNCHING PIT
DETAILS

624 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 624
INTERMEDIATE JACKING CYLINDER

625 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 625
RECEIVING PIT IN COHESIONLESS SOIL

626 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 626
RECEIVING PIT IN ROCK SOIL

627 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 627
MICROTUNNEL INTERNAL VIEW

628 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 628
MICROTUNNELING

TECHNICAL FEASIBILITY IN RELATION WITH GEOLOGY

ROCK FORMATION FEASIBILITY


PEAT VERY GOOD
CLAY VERY GOOD
SILT VERY GOOD
SAND GOOD
GRAVEL MAY NOT BE FEASIBLE
PEBBLES NOT FEASIBLE
SOFT ROCK GOOD
HARD ROCK NOT FEASIBLE

629 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 629
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

HORIZZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING


HDD

630 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 630
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

HDD EXECUTION
PHASES

631 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 631
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

HDD Design Profile

632 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 632
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

HDD DRIL RIG MACHINE

1-3 MOUNT MODULE


4 SLIDING DRILL HEAD

633 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 633
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

HDD DRIL RIG MACHINE

634 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 634
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

DRILLING ASSEMBLY FOR BORE HOLE

635 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 635
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
REAMING AND SWEVEL TOOLS

636 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 636
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
DRILLING FLUID MIXING UNIT

637 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 637
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

FLUID FLOW
FROM REAMERS HOLES
DURING PULLING PHASE

638 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 638
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

HDD PIPELINE PULLING


PHASE

639 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 639
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES
EMBANKMENT FOR PULLING STRING

640 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 640
CONSTRUCTION FOR ONSHORE PIPELINES

DIRECT PIPE

641 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 641
642 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 642
643 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 643
644 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 644
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 6. : Construction

- Section 6.1 : Pipeline Construction


- Section 6.2 : Trenchless Technologies
- Section 6.3 : Welding

645 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 645
PIPELINE WELDING

The construction of gas pipelines and oil pipelines takes place


through the welding together of individual pipes, about 12/14 m
long, that go to make up the pipeline, carried out by welding
the pipes one after the other and advancing progressively
along the route designated in the design phase.

Today’s technology makes many welding techniques available,


so it is necessary to make a choice to select the most suitable:
the parameters that guide such a choice are generally the
diameter and the thickness of the pipe, but also the
characteristics of the place chosen for the laydown and the
working conditions.

USERS USERS
Schematic of the elements of a transport system, showing the various components

646 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 646
PIPELINE WELDING

Onshore Pipeline: welding phase – pipe jointing

USERS USERS

647 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 647
PIPELINE WELDING

Welding is used to join the edges of separate bodies that, at the


end the process, become integral parts of a single structure.

There are many welding techniques, but the ones most often
used in the pipeline field are forms of arc welding.

The common characteristic of this type of technique is that the


two edges are joined together by fusing the material of which
they are made up, through heating up to an adequate
temperature.

The heat needed for this purpose is generated by making an


electrical arc jump between the base material of the two edges
and an electrode. USERS USERS

648 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 648
PIPELINE WELDING

Depending on the welding technique employed, the electrode


can act as a filling material, since by melting it is mixed in the
molten pool, otherwise the filler is introduced separately in the
form of wires.

At times, however, the process can be such as not to need the


addition of filler material into the pool.

Another fundamental aspect of the welding process is the need


to protect the molten material from the gases present in the air,
e.g. oxygen and nitrogen, which are harmful to the mechanical
characteristics of the join.

USERS USERS

649 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 649
PIPELINE WELDING

Welding processes that are commonly used for pipeline


applications are:

9gas submerged arc welding (restricted to double-jointing


and fabrication);

9shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), or gas metal arc


welding (GMAW).

Either a mechanized welding technique or manual welding may


be used for mainline welding; manual welding is used for all
other requirements.

USERS USERS

650 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 650
PIPELINE WELDING

Welding processes that are commonly used for pipeline


applications are:

9gas submerged arc welding (restricted to double-jointing


and fabrication);
9shielded metal arc welding (SMAW), or gas metal arc
welding (GMAW).

Either a mechanized welding technique or manual welding may


be used for mainline welding; manual welding is used for all
other requirements.

USERS USERS

651 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 651
PIPELINE WELDING
Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) is done using
a consumable wire that melts when an arc is
struck and maintained between the wire and
the material being welded.

The welding wire is fed continuously into the


arc during the welding process.

The arc and weld pool


are shielded from the
atmosphere by a
concentric flow of gas. A
number of gases/gas
mixtures are used for
shielding, with 100%
CO2, or 75% argon and
25% CO2 being two of
The continuous nature of the wire electrode and the virtual absence of slag leadscommon.
the most to high
productivity and is ideally suited to mechanization.

USERS USERS

652 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 652
PIPELINE WELDING

Typical joint design for gas metal arc welding (GMAW)

Typical number of passes for GMAW


(number will vary with w.t.)
USERS USERS

653 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 653
PIPELINE WELDING

Shielded metal arc welding (SMAW) is done


using consumable stick electrodes that melt
when an arc is struck and maintained between
the electrode and material being welded.
These electrodes are composed of two main
parts, one being the core wire and the other the
external flux coating. The core wire, and sometimes
iron powder within the coating, provides the necessary
metal to fill the weld joint.

The flux coating is required to shield the arc and molten metal from the atmosphere, add
alloying elements to the weld metal, and provide a protective layer (slag) during and after
solidification of the weld metal. This slag is subsequently removed between passes
Shielded metal arc welding remains the most widely used and versatile process for general
pipeline applications. With the correct choice of consumable and welding technique the SMAW
process can be applied to all welding positions and will allow a wide range of mechanical
property requirements to be met.
However, the process is very dependent on the welders' manual skills for attainment of defect-
free welds with acceptable properties.
USERS USERS

654 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 654
PIPELINE WELDING

Shield metal arc welding joint preparation

Shield metal arc welding – typical welding passes

USERS USERS

655 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 655
PIPELINE WELDING

Shield metal arc welding joint preparation

Shield metal arc welding – typical welding passes

USERS USERS

656 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 656
PIPELINE WELDING

USERS USERS

657 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 657
Passo Welding system – GMAW

658 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 658
Passo welding system - GMAW

• n. 4 welding head / n. 4 welders

• Internal line-up clamp (copper shoes)-tiene fremi in pos tubi

• Coil induction pre-heating

• CO2 / Argon gas protection

• n. 12 to 14 run(numero di passate di saldatura)

• Cycle time average 11 min.

• bevel (smusso) 3 grade (narrow groove)

• Fast welding and reduced overall cycle time with root pass adequate to
withstand (resistenza)stress concentration during laying activities

• Final Repairs rate 1,34 % (tasso di saldature non ben eseguite)

659 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 659
Automatic Ultrasonic Testing (AUT)

Weld scanning Calibration block

660 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 660
Automatic Ultrasonic Testing (AUT)
• Use of ECA (Engineering Critical Assessement) as acceptance
criteria of flaw evaluation necessary for pipe structural
integrity/safety

• Reduce significantly reject/repair rate with low operational risk


and low construction costs

• Less conservative than traditional “Workmanship criterial”

• Full weld inspection (FL=zona fusa – ZTA – WM) and area


around (lamination defect detection)

• Calibration before each weld scanning

• Calibration block for each different pipe utilised

661 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 661
AUT scanning output

662 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 662
Advantages of AUT over RT

• Accured characterization of defects , essential for ECA application

• Speed of inspection (cycle time reduction)

• Is not operator subjective (accurancy of defect size and


detection)

• Absence of radiation HAZARD and chemical products to be


managed

• Fast access to acquired data (inspection output records) on


digital support

663 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 663
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

664 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 664
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 7. : Mechanical Design

- Section 7.1 : Wall thickness design


- Section 7.2 : Anchor blocks
- Section 7.3 : Pipeline Facilities
- Section 7.4 : Buoyance Control Design
- Section 7.5 : Stress Analysis Basic Criteria
- Section 7.6 : Steel Pipes for Pipelines
- Section 7.7 : Precommissioning & Commissioning

665 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 665
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design
LOCATION CLASSIFICATION

The most significant factor contributing to the failure of a gas


pipeline is damage to the line caused by human activity.
Pipeline damage generally occurs during construction of other
services.

These services may include utilities, sewage systems or road


construction and will increase in frequency with larger
populations living in the vicinity of the pipeline. To account for
the risk of damage, the designer determines a location
classification based predominantly on population concentrations.
Canadian and American codes differ marginally in the
requirements for determining a specific location classification.

666 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 666
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design
LOCATION CLASSIFICATION

To account for the risk of damage, the designer determines a


Location classification based predominantly on population
concentrations.

Canadian and American codes differ marginally in the


requirements for determining a specific location classification.

Next table (7-1) reflects the requirements of the relevant North


American codes.

667 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 667
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design

668 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 668
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design

Location Classification between ASME Standards and Italian Code

669 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 669
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design

PIPELINE DESIGN FORMULA (for thin-walled pipe)

The widely used formulae for determining the


circumferential and axial stresses in a pressurized thin-
walled pipe can be developed quite easily by considering
the vertical and horizontal force equilibrium:

670 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 670
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design

The following design formulae are used to calculate the wall


thickness of a pipeline:
2× S ×t
ASME B.31.8 (gas pipeline) P≡ × F × E ×T
D
Where:
P = design pressure
S = specified minimum yield strength, SMYS
t = wall thickness
D = out side diameter of pipe
F = design factor (based on location classification)
E = longitudinal joint factor
T = temperature derating factor

671 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 671
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design

ASME B.31.4 (liquid pipeline)


2× S ×t
P≡ ×F×E
Where:
D
F = design factor = 0.72
E = longitudinal joint factor

The temperature derating factor is 1.0 provided that:

Where Tpipe = pipe temperature − 30°C ≤ T pipe ≤ 120°C

672 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 672
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design

The maximum operating pressure (MOP) is used as the design


pressure, P,

The specified minimum yield strength S is chosen from the pipe


mills.

No equivalent factor is defined in ASME B31.4, where an


allowable stress is defined as 0.72 SMYS.

ASME B.31.4 does not include a temperature derating factor but


limits the range of applicable temperature to under 120 °C.

673 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 673
7.1: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Wall thickness Design

674 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 674
7.2: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Anchor Block Design

Reinforced-concrete blocks are often used to serve as anchors.

Stresses and deflections occur in pipelines at the transition


from the below-ground (fully restrained) to the above-ground
(unrestrained) condition.

An analysis of the stresses and deflections in transition areas,


resulting from internal pressureltemperature changes, is
necessary to determine anchor block requirements and pipe
size.

675 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 675
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 7. : Mechanical Design

- Section 7.1 : Wall thickness design


- Section 7.2 : Anchor blocks
- Section 7.3 : Pipeline Facilities
- Section 7.4 : Buoyance Control Design
- Section 7.5 : Stress Analysis Basic Criteria
- Section 7.6 : Steel Pipes for Pipelines
- Section 7.7 : Precommissioning & Commissioning

676 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 676
7.2: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Anchor Block Design

Longitudinal deflections are used to check if an anchor block is


required. The forces required to maintain the pipe in a fully
restrained condition are then used to size the anchor block

677 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 677
7.2: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Anchor Block Design

MLE Project (Algeria) Anchor Block

678 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 678
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 7. : Mechanical Design

- Section 7.1 : Wall thickness design


- Section 7.2 : Anchor blocks
- Section 7.3 : Pipeline Facilities
- Section 7.4 : Buoyance Control Design
- Section 7.5 : Stress Analysis Basic Criteria
- Section 7.6 : Steel Pipes for Pipelines
- Section 7.7 : Precommissioning & Commissioning

679 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 679
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

PIPELINE FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

- Block valve assemblies


- Scraper trap areas
- Metering station
- Telemetry & SCADA

680 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 680
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Block Valve Assemblies

Block valve assemblies are used to isolate sections of mainline


or long laterals when isolation is required in the event of a line
break or if maintenance in a section of the line is necessary.

Since their fiction is to provide leak tight seal, it is important that


they do not experience undue deflection.

For this reason, they are substantially stiffer than the adjacent
pipe and their stress levels are about half of the pipe

681 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 681
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Block Valve Assemblies

Code requirements for maximum block valve spacing vary with


class location for gas pipelines.

Ease of access and site conditions should always be evaluated


when selecting a location for a valve assembly.

682 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 682
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for gas: schematic diagram

683 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 683
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for gas: assonometric view

684 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 684
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for gas: plan and profile

685 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 685
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for gas with take-off

686 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 686
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for oil pls

Oil pipelines have no defined rules for block valves spacing.

Particularly, valve spacing in oil pipelines are strictly associated


with dedicated risk assessment studies arising from accidental
events associated with operational events that could cause oil
spill.

Based on dedicated studies number and location of block valves


are defined in order to minimize the oil spill volumes and reduce
the environmental risks.

687 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 687
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for oil pls

To be noted that istallation of block valves or check valves


required to isolate a pipeline segment and reduce total spillage
volumes actually represents additional potential oil leakage
feature that requires evaluations.

688 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 688
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for oil pls

Other pipeline features to be adressed during the assessment


risk studies are:
- corrosion faults (internal and external);
- mechanical faults (failure of pipeline and fittings);
- operating faults such as over-pressurizations;
- sabotage and vandalism;
- natural hazards (seismic faults, landslides, …);
- number, type and location of river crossings;
- man-made hazards (railways, roads, adjacent pipelines or
plants); -

689 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 689
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for oil pls

690 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 690
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Block Valve Assemblies for oil pls

691 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 691
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Scraper Assemblies

Scrapers, commonly referred to as pigs, are used in the daily


operation and construction of pipelines.

They are used for a variety of reasons:


a. To clean a pipeline, thereby increasing the line's efficiency.
b. To gauge or survey any objectionable restrictions or pipe
deformations such as dents and buckles.
c. To remove water after hydrostatic testing of newly constructed
pipelines.
d. To separate product batches.
e. To inspect the pipeline internally, to detect any loss-of-metal
defects (caused by internal or external corrosion).
692 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 692
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Scraper Assemblies

Pigging facilities consist of pig launching or receiving equipment


and allow the pipeline to accommodate a high-resolution internal
inspection tool.

Pigs are devices that are placed into a pipeline to perform


certain functions. Some are used to clean the inside of the
pipeline or to monitor its internal and external condition.

Launchers and receivers are facilities that enable pigs to be


inserted into or removed from the pipeline

693 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 693
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Scraper Assemblies

There is currently no formula for determining the maximum


length of a pig run or the location of pig traps. The location of an
intermediate pig launch and receipt assembly depends upon the
quality of the pig, the quality of construction, the pig velocity, the
pig design, the interior line conditions (rough, semirough,
smooth), and the medium in which the pig is running. However,
there are some general guidelines:

694 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 694
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Scraper Assemblies

The major components of a scraper trap assembly include:


a. Pig barrel and end closure
b. Isolation valve
c. Kickoff valve
d. Bypass valve
e. Mainline isolation valve (on mainline bypass)
f. Blowdown stack and valve (for gas service only)
g. Pig barrel drain valve (mainly for liquids)
h. Pipe bends leading to the assembly
i. Anchors and supports.

695 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 695
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

A pig launch barrel (Figure 7-27) should be at least 1% times as long as the longest pig (cleaning or pig inspection).
An exception to this rule would be for products lines where it is necessary to launch two or more pigs in succession
to separate buffer batches (batching ).

The launch barrel diameter should be one to two NPS sizes larger than the line pipe. The launch-barrel must be
equipped with connections (usually flanged) for the kickoff line and, if drainage is required, drain valves.

The kickoff connection should be located on the side of the trap close to the closure end.

For gas lines, a blowdown stack and valve are required. Welded connections for gauging, purging, and blowdown
should be included on the barrel and located on the top, close to the end closure.

A pig signal should be installed downstream from the launcher to indicate the passage of the pig into the main line.

696 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 696
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

697 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 697
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

The pig receipt barrel should be at least 2% times as long as the longest pig.

Consideration must be given to the possibility of running long inspection pigs or, for product lines, a series of pigs for
batching. When cleaning pigs are considered, attention must be given to the amount of debris expected.

The receipt barrel must be equipped with flanged connections for a bypass line and drainage outlets. The bypass
connection should be located near the mainline connection. The drain outlets should be located near the end closure.

The barrel-diameter should be one to two NPS larger than the line pipe.

The receipt barrel should also contain a connection for a pig passage indicator. This connection should be located
just upstream of the reducer

698 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 698
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Scraper Assemblies

699 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 699
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Scraper Assemblies

700 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 700
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Metering Building

Elecrical Building 30“ Scraper Trap

Tie-in

Analiyser

Metering System

Vent

Metering station Isometric View

701 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 701
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Gas Metering station
Metering stations are placed periodically along natural gas
pipelines.

These stations allow pipeline and local distribution companies


to monitor, manage, and account for the natural gas in their
pipes.

Essentially, metering stations measure the flow of gas along


the pipeline, allowing pipeline companies to track natural gas
as it flows along the pipeline.

702 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 702
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Metering stations employ specialized meters to measure the
natural gas as it flows through the pipeline without impeding
its movement.

In essence, the metering station is the company’s “cash


register”.

A meter/regulator station typically includes meter and regulator


equipment, a filter separator, odorant equipment, and a control
building housed within a fenced perimeter.

703 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 703
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Flow Direction

Future expansion for Pressure


Reduction System

Metering Station Piping Layout

704 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 704
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Metering Station Piping Layout

Gas Filter Separators

705 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 705
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Metering System
Metering System Packages including:
• Upstream US straight pipe (20 diameter in
length) including flow conditioner
• Downstream US straight pipe (5 diameter
in length) including a 20” T flanged branch
for stream 1 & 2
• Metering system calibration has to be
qualified by laboratory according to
European Community and 3rd party
inspector.

Metering System

706 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 706
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Metering System General Arrangement

TOP-VIEW

SIDE-VIEW

707 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 707
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: Key Components
Telemetry is the mechanism by which information is interchanged with
remotely separated locations for the purpose of monitoring and/or
control.

Telemetry ranges in complexity from systems with a couple of I/O to


complicated controlling systems of pipelines embracing more thousand
technological units.

The key components in many telemetry systems are:

9The RTU (Remote Terminal Unit);


9Communication protocol
9Physical communication network
9SCADA system (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition)

708 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 708
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: Key Components
The RTU is the remote device responsible for acquiring the “real”
information, typically from field devices. It queries the data from the field
devices and typically formats data according to requirements of
communication protocol, puts datas forward to communication network.

The RTU may acquire their information through electrical signals


connected to the RTU or from other intelligent devices via a serial data
connection. RTUs may also perform local control functions.

The RTU functions are often fulfilled by a Programmable Logical Units


(PLC).

709 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 709
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: Key Components
The communication protocol is the language used in the transmitting
and receiving of data messages on the physical network.

A protocol can describe who sent the message, who it is going to, the
meaning of the data in the message, verification information to ensure
the complete message arrives and that it is error free.

Both the transmitter and receiver of the data message must use the
same protocol in order that both understands the data message

710 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 710
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities

Pipeline Controls: Key Components


The communication network provides the physical means for the
transfer of information (message data) from an RTU to a SCADA
system, from an RTU to another RTU, and in some architectures
between multiple SCADA systems.

Choice of communication network is critical to the operation of a


telemetry system and can be a costly aspect of a telemetry system

711 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 711
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: Key Components
The SCADA system is comprised of one or more computers, providing
an interface to the physical communication network (and hence to the
RTUs), and an operator interface to the data obtained from RTUs.

This data may be rebuilt, stored for later retrieval, analyzed and
transferred to other computer systems.

A SCADA system often provides a control interface for sending data to


RTUs. This can happen by operator commands and automatic
sequences based on RTU data can release commands too. Commands
can be received from other computer systems (eg. leak detection at oil
pipeline for automatic shut down pipeline gatevalves.)

712 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 712
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System
To manage the product that enters the pipeline and ensure
that all customers receive timely delivery of their portion of it,
sophisticated control systems are required to monitor the gas/oil
as it travels through all sections of a potentially very lengthy
pipeline network.

To accomplish the task of monitoring and controlling the natural


gas or oil that is traveling through the pipeline, centralized
control stations collect, assimilate, and manage the data
received from monitoring city gate stations and compressor
stations all along the pipeline.

713 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 713
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System

714 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 714
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System
Most of the data that is received by a control station is provided
by Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition (SCADA) system.

These systems are essentially sophisticated communications


systems that take measurements and collect data along the
pipeline (usually in metering or compressor stations and valves)
and transmit the data to the centralized control station.

Flow rate through the pipeline, operational status, pressure, and


temperature readings may all be used to assess the status of
the pipeline at any one time. These systems also work in real
time, so there is little lag time between taking measurements
along the pipeline and transmitting them to the control station.
715 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 715
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System
Equipment status scans are taken every 6 to 90 seconds
depending on the communication technology used in the field.

This information allows pipeline engineers to know exactly what


is happening along the pipeline at all times, which permits quick
reactions to equipment malfunctions, leaks, or any other unusual
activity along the pipeline, as well as to monitoring load control.

716 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 716
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System
Some SCADA systems also incorporate the ability to operate
certain equipment along the pipeline remotely, including
Compressor/pumping stations, which allows engineers in a
centralized control center to adjust flow rates in the pipeline
Immediately and easily.

Control and monitoring are conducted by using remote terminal


units (RTUs), which are placed at intervals along the pipeline, at
stations, gate/measurement stations and other related locations.
RTUs periodically collect data from field instruments that
Measure pressure, temperature, flow, and other features of
carried products.

717 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 717
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System

Typical BVS RTU with 5 gate valve control

718 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 718
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System
The data are transmitted from the RTUs through a
communications network that could consist of company-owned
fiber-optic lines, leased telephone lines, ground- or satellite-
based microwave, or radio communication systems.

The SCADA system is monitored 24 hours per day, 365 days a


year. SCADA systems allow the pipeline companies to control or
shut down portions of a pipeline in the event of an accident or for
other safety reasons.

719 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 719
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System

SCADA Center

720 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 720
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System
They also are used to collect data at different system points as
well as to feed data to other administrative function such as
billing, marketing, and monitoring cathodic protection systems
(at critical pipeline bond interconnect points and rectifiers).

In all SCADA systems, the master terminal unit and RTUs


communicate through a defined network of some type. Early
systems used wired communications, either through private
hard-wired systems owned by the operator (usually practical
only for short distances) or through the public-switched phone
network.

721 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 721
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System
Today there are still many systems using public phone systems,
encompassing both wire and fiber optics technology. These
facilities allow remote monitoring of the pipeline and
communication with valves, compressors, and personnel during
operation.

Most new systems and many retrofits are using some form of
wireless communications. Many pipelines own their own
microwave infrastructure, including dedicated towers and radio
frequencies licensed by the Country Communications
Commission.

722 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 722
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System

723 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 723
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System

Systems using frequencies in the very high or ultrahigh


frequency (VHF and UHF, respectively) ranges are also in use.

These operators may own their own towers or lease space from
other operators. Many newer systems are making use of low-
power radio transmissions, such as spread-spectrum
technology, to avoid the licensing requirements. Satellite
communications are also used for long-distance and rugged-
terrain communications

724 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 724
7.3: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Pipeline Facilities
Pipeline Controls: SCADA System

SCADA systems can also operate on cell phone technology,


such as the Cellular Digital Packet Data network, which does not
require dedicated lines or other infrastructure such as an
antenna tower.

Some SCADA systems operate directly through the Internet,


eliminating certain maintenance concerns for the operator.

725 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 725
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 7. : Mechanical Design

- Section 7.1 : Wall thickness design


- Section 7.2 : Anchor blocks
- Section 7.3 : Pipeline Facilities
- Section 7.4 : Buoyance Control Design
- Section 7.5 : Stress Analysis Basic Criteria
- Section 7.6 : Steel Pipes for Pipelines
- Section 7.7 : Precommissioning & Commissioning

726 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 726
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

Pipelines are subjected to buoyant forces when they encounter freestanding


or flowing water, and when buried in saturated soils.

The buoyant forces are counteracted by the addition of weight, such as


concrete swamp weights(saddles), river weights (bolt-on) or continuous
concrete coating.

In this way, the pipe can be backfilled and kept in place once it has been
installed.

Two other methods that can be used to keep the pipe down are the
installation of mechanical anchoring devices or backfilling and utilizing the
mass of a select material to counteract the buoyant forces.

727 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 727
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design
The final selection of the type and extent of buoyancy control measures is
usually made on a site-specific basis.

For example, swamp weights are good for wet areas where the pipe will stay
on or close to the bottom of the ditch and the weights will not slide off during
installation. If the ditch is filled with water, a river weight or continuous
concrete coating may be required to keep the pipe down. The choice between
these two is usually based on which is the more economic.

The required amount of weight, or the spacing of standard-size weights, is


calculated by equating the forces due to the mass of the pipe and weights
with the buoyant forces due to the fluid displaced by the pipe and weights. In
this calculation, a factor of safety called a negative buoyancy factor is
in'troduced to ensure that the pipe will stay down. Negative buoyancy factors
between 5% and 20% are common, depending upon the fluid density of the
soillwater mixture encountered and the construction methods used.

728 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 728
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

Buoyancy control may be achieved in three ways:

(1) by a mechanical anchoring system,

(2) by backfill, and

(3) by a density anchoring system

729 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 729
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

730 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 730
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design
Mechanical anchors are designed to
maintain a minimum holddown force on
the pipeline by utilizing the shear
strength of the underlying soil.

They consist of individual or pairs of


Anchors attached to the pipeline by
holddown clamps or straps.

Mechanical anchor involves the use of a


steel anchor rod with an auger at the
lower tip.

They are not commonly utilized for


large-diameter pipelines

731 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 731
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

PIPE ANCHORS - CYNTECH

732 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 732
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

PIPE ANCHORS – DESIGN STANDARD

733 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 733
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design
Backfill, using either native or borrowed select material for buoyancy control,
relies on the mass of the backfill over the pipe to counteract the buoyancy
forces.

Native backfill may be considered if it consists of stable, ice-free soil that is


capable of achieving a reasonable level of strength. If the native backfill is not
adequate, select backfill can be used.

Select backfill should be of coarse-grained, fiee-draining materials exhibiting


sufficient shear strength when thawed or mixed with water. Although gravel is
undoubtedly the best material, other materials such as a mixture of gravel,
sand, clay, and silt can be used.

The stability of the ditch wall is another important factor to consider in this
method of buoyancy control. Unstable ditch walls will not provide sufficient
support for the select backfill to keep it over the pipe.

734 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 734
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design
Backfilling does not be used if the ditch contains water during backfilling.

The ditch must be dewatered prior to and during the placement of any backfill.

The backfill can then be placed in a controlled manner.

This method can be used when a ditch is dry during construction but may be
subjected to buoyant forces after backfilling is complete. Subsequent buoyant
forces could be due to thawing, flooding, or a rising water table.

Select backfill can then be used in place of weights in this situation. It can
also be used in relatively impervious soils where the ditch excavation has
penetrated below the water table.

735 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 735
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design
Density anchors are a system of weights added to the pipeline.

The types of anchors are usually in the form of:

9concrete and include swamp weights (saddle or set-on);

9river weights (bolt-on), and

9continuous concrete coating.

736 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 736
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

Density Anchors

737 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 737
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

saddles

738 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 738
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

PIPE SADDLES – DESIGN STANDARD

739 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 739
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

Continous concrete coating

740 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 740
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

Continous concrete coating

741 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 741
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

CONTINUOUS CONCRETE COATING – DESIGN STANDARD

742 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 742
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

Set-on-bolt

743 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 743
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design

Geotextile Fabric Weight

744 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 744
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design
PIPELINE ANCHOR SYSTEM
Vs CONCRETE WEIGHTS

PIPELINE CONCRETE
ANCHOURS WEIGHTS
DESIGN anchor system is designed Concrete weights typically
to provide a hold-down provide a weight of 1.1
capacity of 25 times the times the buoyant force of
buoyant force of the empty the empts pipeline.
pipeline.
SPACING Typical spacing for NPS-24 Typical spacing for NPS-24
pipeline is 33 meters. pipeline is 5.6 meters.
STORAGE Pipeline anchor materials for Concrete weights for 10
10 kilometers of NPS-24 Kilometers of NPS-24
pipeline would require 30 pipeline would require 866
square meters of storage square meters of storage
space. space.
TRANSPORTATION Pipeline anchor materials Concrete weights for 10
for 10 kilometers of NPS-24 kilometers of NPS-24
pipeline would require 3 pipeline would require 199
truckloads. truckloads.
INSTALLATION A typical anchor installation A typical weight installation
crew would consist of a 5 tor crew would consist of a
picker truck with a hydraulic backhoe, an operator and
drive unit, an operator and two laborers.
two laborers.

745 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 745
7.4: MECHANICAL DESIGN – Buoyance Control Design
Design Formulae with concrete continuous coating

DownwardForce
FS = ≥ 1.15
BuoyantForce
Ws + We + Wt + (WtxCBF )
FS = ≥ 1.15
Wb

Where:
Ws = weight of bare pipe per unit length
We = weight of corrosion coating per unit length
Wt = weight of backfilling per unit length
Wc = weight of concrete coating per unit length (if any)
Being: CBF = concrete coating cut back reducing factor (if any)

We =
[(OD + 2 × Cth) 2
− (OD) 2 ] × π × γct Wb = pipeline buoyancy per unit length (as per Archimedes’ Principle)

Wt = (γ × Hd × OD ) + (γsub × Hsub × OD )

Wc =
[(OD + 2 × (Cth + th )) c
2
− (OD + 2 × Cth) 2 ] × π × γcon
4
CBF =
(Lb − Cb × 2)
Lb

746 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 746
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 7. : Mechanical Design

- Section 7.1 : Wall thickness design


- Section 7.2 : Anchor blocks
- Section 7.3 : Pipeline Facilities
- Section 7.4 : Buoyance Control Design
- Section 7.5 : Stress Analysis Basic Criteria
- Section 7.6 : Steel Pipes for Pipelines
- Section 7.7 : Precommissioning & Commissioning

747 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 747
INTRODUCTION

• What is the stress analysis?

– It is the strength calculation of the pipeline in accordance


with the safety requirements, to verify that the pipeline
system is capable of withstanding the loads which occur

• What is the purpose of the stress analysis?

– To ensure structural integrity of the pipeline system


– To maintain system operability

748 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 748
INTRODUCTION

• What we suggest from stress analysis result?

– To modify the wall thickness of the pipe to increase the


strength of the pipe.

– To introduce or modify some support of the pipe system

– To modify the pipeline geometry configuration

749 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 749
STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

• Definition of pipeline system for analysis

• Load Analysis

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe

• Load combinations

• Comparison with the admissible values

750 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 750
DEFINITION OF PIPELINE SYSTEM

• Depending on the type of transport pipeline system:


– Buried or surface
– Transporting oil or gas or steam, etc.

• Design Data required for stress analysis:


– General data relating to the pipeline
– Operating data
– Soil characteristics data

751 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 751
DEFINITION OF PIPELINE SYSTEM:
General Data Relating to the Pipeline

• Data on pipeline route:


– Pipe geometry
– location and dimension of fittings, valves,
pumps,vessels,etc
• Data of the pipe and material characteristics:
– Outer diameter
– Wall thickness
– Minimum yield strength of materials at 20oC and at design
Temp.
– Type and rating of valves

752 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 752
DEFINITION OF PIPELINE SYSTEM:
General Data Relating to the Pipeline

• Data of contents and coating or insulation:


– Density of contents
– Corrosion thickness
– Thickness of coating or insulation
– Density of coating or insulation

753 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 753
DEFINITION OF PIPELINE SYSTEM:
Operating Data

• Design internal pressure


• Operating temperature of the content and of the pipe
• Temperature during laying of the pipe
• Design life of pipeline system
• Estimated number of operating temperature and pressure
cycles during the life of the system (fatigue analyses)

754 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 754
DEFINITION OF PIPELINE SYSTEM:
Soil Data

• Angle of internal friction (sand)


• Cohesion or undrenated shear strength (clay)
• Unit weight of the soil
• Angle of friction between pipe surface and soil (sand)
• Height of water table on the soil

755 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 755
STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

• Definition of pipeline system for analysis

• Load Analysis

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe

• Load combinations

• Comparison with the admissible values

756 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 756
LOAD ANALYSIS

• What does load analysis do?


– Defines permanent and incidental loads to which the
pipeline may be subjected

• What is load?
– Load is any physical process that result in deformation and
/or stress in the pipeline material

757 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 757
LOAD ANALYSIS CONDITIONS

• Construction phase
• Hydraulic testing phase
• Operating phase (in, out of service)
• Operating loads
• Installation loads
• Environmental loads

758 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 758
LOAD ANALYSIS:
Operating Loads

• Internal pressure, either design or hydrotest pressure

• Temperature difference between construction(tie-in) and


operating phases

• Weight loads
– Weight of the pipe and its structural members
– Weight of the contents
– Coating weight
– weight of all the pipeline appurtenances

759 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 759
LOAD ANALYSIS:
Installation Loads

• Pipelay configuration

• Pipeline Catenaries

• Pulling loads

• Self weight

• Backfilling

760 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 760
LOAD ANALYSIS:
Environmental Loads

• The external loads to be considered in the stress analysis


differ for:

– Buried pipeline

– Surface supported pipelines

761 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 761
LOAD ANALYSIS:
Buried Pipelines

• External weight loads

– Vertical superimposed loads or live loads


• Traffic loads including impact factors or dynamic effects

– Vertical soil load or dead loads


• Soil cover

762 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 762
LOAD ANALYSIS:
Buried Pipelines

• Loads induced on the pipeline by:


– Permanent soil movement
• Land slides
• Faults
• Settlements due to natural ground consolidation
• Soil movement from construction work

– Dynamic soil movement


• Seismic waves on the ground
• The effect of explosions

763 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 763
LOAD ANALYSIS:
Surface Supported Pipelines

• Where necessary ( in relation with the site characteristics,


pipe diameter and pipe elevation), allowance shall be made
for wind force

• The effect of seismic excitation on the pipe supports shall be


considered

• Relative movement of connected components shall also be


considered

• Insulating pipe temperature as laying temperature

764 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 764
STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

• Definition of pipeline system for analysis

• Load Analysis

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe

• Load combinations

• Comparison with the admissible values

765 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 765
CALCULATION OF STRESSES AND STRAINS

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe:

– Pipe structural models

– Soil-pipe interaction methods

– Stress / Strain Calculation

766 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 766
CALCULATION OF STRESSES AND STRAINS:
Pipe Structural Models

• Ring Model

• Beam Elements (straight and curved)

• Shell Elements

Note: use for both above or underground pipelines

767 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 767
Pipe Structural Models: RING MODEL

• Usually used for analyzing the behavior of buried pipelines


cross-section where large external loads are envisaged
(railways and road crossing )
• For Calculation purposes :
– Load Angle
• the angle that the soil load acts on the top of the pipe
(180o)
– Bedding angle
• The angle that the soil reacts against the pipe bottom,
dependent on the construction method and the
magnitude of soil reaction )

768 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 768
Pipe Structural Models:
Ring Model - Load Angle and Bedding Angle

Load Angle(180o)

Bedding angle

769 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 769
Pipe Structural Models: BEAM MODEL

• The analysis of the entire pipeline system is usually


performed modeling the pipe as a beam in both analytical and
numerical procedures

• Complex pipeline geometry, finite element methods need to


be used for the analysis

770 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 770
Pipe Structural Models: Beam model

y
x
z
End J
x
z
End I

771 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 771
Pipe Structural Models: SHELL MODEL

• Numerical method with shell elements are usually used to


analyze local stress concentrations at tees, bends, nozzles,
supports and the local behavior of pipe wall (wrinkling, cross-
section ovalization)

772 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 772
Pipe Structural Models:
SOIL-PIPE INTERACTION MODEL

• Analytical method

• Finite element technique

• Simplified methods

773 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 773
CALCULATION OF STRESSES AND STRAINS

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe:

– Pipe structural models

– Soil-pipe interaction methods

– Stress / Strain Calculation

774 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 774
SOIL-PIPE INTERACTION MODEL:
Analytical Method

• The analytical method involve solutions on the equations of


elastic or elasto-plastic equilibrium in the context of a soil-pipe
interaction problem

• Applied to plane problems and easy geometrical configuration


of the pipeline

775 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 775
SOIL-PIPE INTERACTION MODEL:
Finite Element Technique

• Capabilities to handle fully three- dimensional problems

• Give exact modeling of soil-pipe interaction using very


sophisticated models of soil behavior

• Time consuming

• Expensive

• Used in the critical situations

776 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 776
SOIL-PIPE INTERACTION MODEL:
Simplified Methods

• The soil-pipe interaction is analyzed by idealizing the overall


behavior of the soil by an one dimensional mathematical or
mechanical model(spring ) along the three directions of
movement:
– Longitudinal

– Transverse horizontal

– Transverse vertical

777 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 777
SOIL-PIPE INTERACTION MODEL:
Simplified Methods - Pipe Movement

Vertical Vertical Transverse


Upward Downward Horizontal Longitudinal

778 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 778
SOIL-PIPE INTERACTION MODEL:
Simplified Methods - Load Displacement relationship

Force,F

Fu

Actual

Idealized

Stiffness, k
Displacement

Critical
displacement

779 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 779
SOIL-PIPE INTERACTION MODEL:
Simplified Methods
z z kA

kH
x
x kV y
y
Real Condition Idealized structural Model
p t q
pu tu
yu xu qu
zu
yu xu zu
pu tu
qu

Transverse horizontal Axial Transverse Vertical

Soil - Stress Deformation


780 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1 st Ed.– September 2010 780
CALCULATION OF STRESSES AND STRAINS

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe:

– Pipe structural models

– Soil-pipe interaction methods

– Stress / Strain Calculation

781 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 781
Stress/Strain Calculations

• The main stresses that affect a pipe element are the following
:
– The longitudinal stress due to.
• Direct longitudinal stress
• stress caused by.
– Temperature Longitudinal bending difference
– Pressure
– Weight
– Other external loads (wind, landslide etc. )

782 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 782
Stress/Strain Calculations

– Circumferential stress due to:


• Internal pressure (Hoop stress)
• Bending circunferential stress that can effect ;
– Buried pipeline (Railroad and railway crossings)
– Above ground pipeline (Hydrostatic test whit water)
– The radial stress due to:
• Internal pressure
– The shear stress is the sum of two components:
• Torsional stress
• Direct shear stress

783 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 783
STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

• Definition of pipeline system for analysis

• Load Analysis

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe

• Load combinations

• Comparison with the admissible values

784 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 784
LOAD COMBINATION

• Stresses and deformations of the following load combinations


shall be analyzed :

– Internal Pressure ( Design pressure )

– External Loads (P=0 calculation)

– Internal pressure and external loads

785 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 785
STRESS ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

• Definition of pipeline system for analysis

• Load Analysis

• Calculation of stress and strain at the wall of the pipe

• Load combinations

• Comparison with the admissible values

786 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 786
COMPARISON WITH THE ALLOWABLE
STRESS VALUES

• For an Elastic analysis, the allowable stress values is


expressed as:
– Percentage of the specified minimum yield strength
(SMYS) of the line pipe material
– The percentage of SMYS represents the safety factor
• Type of pipeline
• Class location F
• ASME Pressure Piping Codes consider the stresses values
for both liquid and gas
– ASME 31.4 (liquid and liquid hydrocarbons)
– ASME 31.8 (Gas)
787 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 787
COMPARISON WITH THE ALLOWABLE
STRESS VALUES: ASME B31.4

• The hoop stress due to internal pressure shall be less than F


* SMYS

• For restrained line the equivalent stress due to thermal


expansion and internal pressure shall be less than 0.9 *
SMYS

• For Unrestrained line the expansion stress shall be less than


0.72 * SMYS

788 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 788
COMPARISON WITH THE ALLOWABLE
STRESS VALUES: ASME B31.4

• The Sum of the longitudinal stress due to pressure, weight


and other sustained external loads shall not exceed 0.75 *
0.72 of the SMYS

• The sum of the longitudinal stress produced by pressure, live


and dead loads, and those produced by occasional loads,
such as wind or earthquake shall not exceed 80% SMYS

789 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 789
COMPARISON WITH THE ALLOWABLE
STRESS VALUES: ASME B31.8

• The hoop stress due internal pressure P shall be less than F


* SMYS

• The combined stress due to thermal expansion shall be less


than 0.72 * SMYS (b)

• The longitudinal pressure stress (c)

790 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 790
COMPARISON WITH THE ALLOWABLE
STRESS VALUES: ASME B31.8

• The longitudinal bending stresses due to external loads, such


as weight of pipes and contents, wind, etc. (d)

• The sum of the stresses , b) and c) shall not exceed the


allowable value 0.75 * SMYS

• The total stresses, b), c) and d) shall not exceed the SMYS

791 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 791
COMPARISON WITH THE ALLOWABLE
STRESS VALUES: Allowable Stress

• Stress due to internal pressure :


– Hoop Stress
– Longitudinal Poisson stress
– Longitudinal pressure surface stress

• Stress due to the difference of temperature

792 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 792
Internal Pressure Stresses

σL,v σHoop = P D/ 2 t
σHoop

σL,v = v * Hoop Stress, (v = o.3)

PS σL,PS = P S / A

σL,v+σPS A= 3.14 * (De-t)t


σHoop
S = 3.14* ((De - 2t) / 2 )2
793 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 793
Temperature difference stress

T1 > To
T1

To σL,DT

σL,DT = ε*E = α*DT*E

α = 1.17*10-5 1/oc
E = 206 kN/mm2

Note:
Compression for DT > 0
Tensile for DT< 0
794 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 794
Stress calculation

• For the stress calculations we split the pipeline in two


sections:
– Restrained lines (no bends)
– Unrestrained lines (Near bends, branches,etc. )

F = PS

795 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 795
Restrained Lines

• Longitudinal Stresses
σL,dT = α dT E
σL,ν = 0.3 P D / 2 t

• Circumferential stress
σHoop = P D / 2 t

796 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 796
Unrestrained Lines

• Longitudinal Stresses
σL,dT < σL,dT Fully
σL,ν < σL,ν Fully
σL,PS = P S / A
σb,PS = M / W = (M / y)Re = M De/ 2y
• y = π (Re4 - Ri4)/ 4

• Circumferential stresses
σΗoop
σOvalization

797 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 797
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 7. : Mechanical Design

- Section 7.1 : Wall thickness design


- Section 7.2 : Anchor blocks
- Section 7.3 : Pipeline Facilities
- Section 7.4 : Buoyance Control Design
- Section 7.5 : Stress Analysis Basic Criteria
- Section 7.6 : Steel Pipes for Pipelines
- Section 7.7 : Precommissioning & Commissioning

798 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 798
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

799 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 799
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

LINE PIPE MANUFACTURING ROUTES

800 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 800
801 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 801
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

In the majority of the countries of the world, the specifications


of materials for construction of pipelines for the transport of
hydrocarbons refer to the API 5L standard.

In its original formulation, the API 5L standard identified the


grade of a steel, i.e. its mechanical resistance by means of its
yield strength, for example X52 or X60, where the number
identified the yield strength of the material expressed in
thousands of pounds per square inch (kpsi). This means that
the symbol X52 identifies a material with a yield strength of
52,000 pounds per square inch, equal to 358 MPa.

802 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 802
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

The most recent up-date of the API 5L standard conforms to


the ISO standard adopting the measurement units of the
International System, even though in reality it is still common
practice to use the old denomination.

Although the first version of the API 5L goes back to 1920, that
document was adopted as a reference specification only from
1948 onwards. At that time, the highest grade material included
in the specification was an X42, while today the standard
includes steels up to grade X80.

803 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 803
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

The most recent up-date of the API 5L standard conforms to


the ISO standard adopting the measurement units of the
International System, even though in reality it is still common
practice to use the old denomination.

Although the first version of the API 5L goes back to 1920, that
document was adopted as a reference specification only from
1948 onwards. At that time, the highest grade material included
in the specification was an X42, while today the standard
includes steels up to grade X80.

In 1999 the API 5L was converted to the international specification


ISO 3183 that deals with the choice and use of materials for
pipeline construction with and without longitudinal welding and
spiral tubes.
804 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 804
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

At the beginning, pipes for oil and gas transport were produced with
the UOE and SAW (Submerged Arc Weld) processes starting with
low alloyed steel sheets, which were hot laminated and then
subjected to a thermic normalization treatment. The mechanical
characteristics could reach the grade API X60 and the low
temperature tenacity was not always satisfactory.

The development of steels with high mechanical characteristics


(API grades X70, X80, X100) for the construction of pipelines has
undergone a notable acceleration since the 1970s with the
introduction of the controlled lamination process and of accelerated
in line cooling.

805 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 805
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

Today, pipes in API X70 grade steel are an established product for
which qualification and installation criteria are available: in
European countries there are many installations in this type of steel.

The production of API X80 grade pipe steel has undergone a


significant acceleration since 1980. In that connection there are a
number of publications that contain the results achieved in the
refinement of experimental products (Dillinger Huttenwerke SG,
Hoesch, Sumitomo Metal Industries, Nippon Steel Corporation,
Stelco, ILVA ILP) and in the construction of the first transport
pipelines with this material.

806 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 806
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES
The requirements for high resistance steels are specified in several
existing standards up to grade X80. At present there are no
specifications relative to grade API X100 and, therefore, the
requirements for pipeline material in this type of steel have to be
agreed with the manufacturer in the product definition phase.

Even though pipes in API X100 grade steel are not yet available
commercially, many international manufacturers (Nippon Steel,
NKK, Kawasaki, Europipe) have produced experimental pipeline
products, with characteristics that seem to satisfy the requirements
for high pressure natural gas transmission.

807 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 807
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES
The production of pipes in API X100 grade steel is an evolution
from the API X80 grade: the mechanical resistance characteristics
of the API X100 grade are obtained starting from the chemical
composition of grade X80 with targeted additives of micro alloying
elements (manganese, niobium, titanium) and by a process of
controlled lamination and accelerated in line cooling to the utmost
limit of the most modern laminating plants’ capabilities.

The velocity of accelerated cooling employed in the production of


API X100 grade plate is greater than 20-25°C/s, compared with the
15°C/s characteristic of the production of API X80 and with the 5-
10°C/s typical of medium-low grades.

808 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 808
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES
The tenacity values of the base material appear satisfactory, both
from the point of view of the CharpyV energy (200-300 J) and from
that of the ductile/fragile transition. It is held that a CharpyV energy
value of 300 J constitutes an upper limit for thermo-mechanically
laminated steels.

On the basis of the experimental production of pipes in API X100


grade steel it can be assumed that these can be produced with a
chemical composition that satisfies the 0.45% maximum equivalent
carbon requirement.

The process of lamination adopted (very low temperature at the end


of lamination and at the end of cooling) ensures that the pipes in
API X100 grade steel display very high values of the yield/failure
ratio (>0.90).
809 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 809
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES
PIPE SELECTION
The choice of materials and construction type for pipes dedicated
to pipelines is imposed by economic aspects and strictly depends
upon various factors among which:

• Pipe diameter

• Operating conditions

• Pipe thickness

• Transported fluid

• Pipe weldability

810 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 810
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES
PIPE SELECTION
For a fixed pipe diameter with defined operating conditions, the
higher is the steel grade, the lower is the pipe thickness.

Selection of materials shall be performed by Optimisation of Costs:

• High steel grade→ valuable material → high cost


• Low steel grade → thick wall thickness → huge weight →
high cost

For industrial applications, prices of materials often depend on


pipe availability from suppliers and market situation and trend.
Therefore, pipe wall thickness is the main factor for selection.

811 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 811
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

CORROSION:
In sour service conditions (fluids having presence of H2S and/or
C02 with free water), the pipe is subject to corrosion (pitting
corrosion, hydrogen blistering and cracking, sulphide stress
corrosion cracking) and both the construction methods and
materials must be accurately selected.
Low material as well as high (X 65 and higher) material grades
are not normally used because, on one hand, the reduction of
steel susceptibility to sour corrosion mechanisms requires major
modifications to the composition of the steel together with proper
procedures for steel making (and this is not economical for low
grades materials), while, on the other hand, hydrogen sulphide
causes embrittlement of high strength materials leading to
cracking under imposed stress.
812 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 812
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

813 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 813
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES
CORROSION:
Low material as well as high (X 65 and higher) material grades are
not normally used because, on one hand, the reduction of steel
susceptibility to sour corrosion mechanisms requires major
modifications to the composition of the steel together with proper
procedures for steel making (and this is not economical for low
grades materials), while, on the other hand, hydrogen sulphide
causes embrittlement of high strength materials leading to cracking
under imposed stress.

814 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 814
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES
CORROSION:
• Welded pipes should be restricted since weldings are points
of weakness for corrosion.

• Steel grades normally used for sour services are in the range
from X 52 to X 60.

• NACE tests request special tests during production process.

• For low to medium annual corrosion rates, pipe wall thickness


is generally increased by 3 mm to 6 mm corrosion allowance,
according to the design life time.

• For high corrosion rates, pipes are internally protected by


continuous injection of corrosion inhibitors and/or internal
lining by epoxy resins.
815 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 815
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS:
• Up to now, conventional gas pipelines (with design pressures
not higher than 7.5 or 8 MPa), recently put into operation or
presently at the construction stage, are based on steel pipes
with grades up to X 70, since weldings, construction
techniques and equipment are available and their reliability is
proven and largely consolidated by feed-back from operation.

• Only few applications of gas pipelines based on X 80 steel


pipes exist, the most outstanding of which is the Ruhrgas
Project in Germany (10 MPa, X 80, 48”, 250 km).

816 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 816
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

FUTURE TRENDS:
• The future trend, based on the increasing demand of natural
gas, predicts the construction of very large capacity, long
distance gas pipelines (i.e. transport of gas from Central Asia
and Russia to China or to Europe).

• These pipelines will be designed for increased transport


pressures (more than 10 MPa up to 14 MPa) and shall be
necessarily based on the use of high grade steel pipes (X 80
to X 100), large diameter (48” and 56”) and heavy wall
thickness (28 up to 32 mm).

817 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 817
STEEL PIPES FOR PIPELINES

Typical pipeline grade cost

818
Snamprogetti
04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 818
04_ Onshore Pipeline Design

Section 7. : Mechanical Design

- Section 7.1 : Wall thickness design


- Section 7.2 : Anchor blocks
- Section 7.3 : Pipeline Facilities
- Section 7.4 : Buoyance Control Design
- Section 7.5 : Stress Analysis Basic Criteria
- Section 7.6 : Steel Pipes for Pipelines
- Section 7.7 : Precommissioning & Commissioning

819 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 819
NEW PIPELINE PRECOMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING SEQUENCE

Construction Activities

Flooding and
Hydrotesting

NO

Precleaning Post Electronic Involvement


before installation Gauging caliper of final
installation cleaning survey product ?

YES
Flooding and
Hydrotesting

820 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 820
NEW PIPELINE PRECOMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING SEQUENCE

Construction Act. Precommissioning Activities

Nitrogen purging Nitrogen


Flooding and Dewatering
Drying (chemical moth-
Hydrotesting and swabbing
inhibitor batch) balling

NO

Involvement
of final
product ?

YES
Flooding and Pipeline standing idle until commissioning
Hydrotesting

821 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 821
NEW PIPELINE PRECOMMISSIONING AND COMMISSIONING SEQUENCE

Construction Act. Pre. Commissioning Activities

Baseline survey
Flooding and
Product - In with MFL intelligent
Hydrotesting
tool

NO

Involvement
of final
product ?

YES
Baseline survey
Flooding and Pipeline dewatering
with MFL intelligent
Hydrotesting while product - in
tool

822 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 822
NEW PIPELINE: SECTIONS SELECTION

Pipeline Elevation

350

300

250

200
Elevation [m]

Elevation

150

100

50

0
0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 100000
Progressive [m]

823 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 823
NEW PIPELINE: SECTIONS SELECTION
Pipeline Test Pressures

115

110

105
Pressures [bar]

Min Test Pressure


Max Test Pressure

100

95

90
0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 100000
Progressive [m]

824 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 824
NEW PIPELINE: SECTIONS SELECTION
Pipeline Test Pressures

125

120

115
Pressures [bar]

110
Min Test Pressure
Max Test Pressure
Test Pressure
105

100

95

90
0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 100000
Progressive [m]

825 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 825
NEW PIPELINE: SECTIONS SELECTION
Pipeline Test Pressures

115

110

105
Pressures [bar]

100

95

90
0 10000 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000 70000 80000 90000 100000
Progressive [m]

Min Test Pressure Max Test Pressure Test Pressure Section 1 Test Pressure Section 2 Test Pressure Section 3

826 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 826
NEW PIPELINE: SECTIONS SELECTION

1. Test Pressure
2. Line thickness differences
3. Special sections (Road crossing, river crossing, etc.)
4. Client requirements
5. Construction or Contractual requirements

827 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 827
TEST or ACTIVITIES MEDIA
1. Potable Water
2. Raw Water
Water
3. Sea Water

Physical Treatments
(filtration)
Laboratory Analysis
1. Client
2. Final Product
Requirements
YE
S
Chemical NO
3. Activities time
Treatment?
4. Water availability
1. Oxygen Scavenger 1. Short Activities Duration
2. Bactericide 2. No requirements of Final
3. Ion reductors (Cl, Na, etc.) Product

Laboratory Analysis

Transfer to other section

Laboratory Analysis

Disposal

828 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 828
PIG AND PIG LAUNCHING AND RECEIVING SYSTEMS

829 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 829
PIG AND PIG LAUNCHING AND RECEIVING SYSTEMS

830 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 830
PRE INSTALLATION CLEANING

1. Manual Cleaning
2. High pressure water retro jetting
3. High velocity air cleaning

831 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 831
PRE INSTALLATION CLEANING

832 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 832
POST INSTALLATION CLEANING

1. High pressure water retro jetting (short section)


2. High velocity air cleaning (short section)
3. Cleaning Pigs Trains driven by test media (normal method)

Typical Cleaning Pigs

833 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 833
POST INSTALLATION CLEANING
1. 1st cleaning pig.
2. A batching / displacement pig.
3. A slug of 100 linear metres of water.
4. 2nd cleaning pig.
5. A slug of 100 linear metres of water.
6. A gauging pig installed with pigger and driven by water.
7. Fill entire pipeline/section with treated water. During the filling of the line
readings of pressure/water input/time will be taken every 1 hour
8. Receive filling pig, brush pig, and gauge pig at the other end of the line
9. Continue pumping until all air is expelled
10. Start pressure test

Batching Bidiractional Pig

834 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 834
POST INSTALLATION CLEANING

835 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 835
GAUGING

The gauging pig will be bi-directional disc type pigs. Two gauging plates shall
be fitted on the gauging pig, one behind the first cup and one before the last
cup. The gauging plates shall be removable type of 6 mm thick machined
aluminium with adequately spaced radial incision. The incision shall extend
from the outside diameter of the plate to the outside circumference of the
flange of the pig. The leading edge of the gauging plate shall be chamfered for
3mm at 45°C.

All gauging plates diameter shall be 97% of the nominal internal diameter of the
24” gas pipeline system being gauged. The nominal internal diameter shall be
calculated from:

Nominal Internal Diameter = Nominal O.D. - (2 x nominal wall thickness).

Calculation shall be performed to confirm that the selected gauge plate will be
able to pass induction bends (with 3% permissible out of roundness).

836 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 836
KALIPER (CALIPER) PIG INSPECTION

837 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 837
KALIPER (CALIPER) PIG INSPECTION

838 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 838
FLOODING AND HYDROTEST

839 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 839
FLOODING AND HYDROTEST

840 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 840
FLOODING AND HYDROTEST

841 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 841
DEWATERING AND SWABBING

842 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 842
DRYING

1. Dry Oil Free Compressed Air Drying


2. Vacuum drying
3. Methanol Slug Drying

843 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 843
AIR DRYING
25
20
15
WDP @ p atm (°C)

10
5 WDP @ p atm (°C)
0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
0 1 2 3 4 5
Time (hours) 0.14

0.12

0.1

Water Content (m3)


Total Water Content in the pipeline
0.08

0.06

0.04

0.02

0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Time (hours)

844 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 844
VACUUM DRYING

845 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 845
INTELLIGENT (MFL TOOL) PIG INSPECTION

846 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 846
INTELLIGENT (MFL TOOL) PIG INSPECTION

847 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 847
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

848 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 848
The incidence of corrosion
The study entitled “Corrosion Costs and Preventive Strategies in
the United States,” was conducted from 1999 to 2001 and
published by NACE.
The study aimed to determine the cost of corrosion control
methods and services and the overall economic impact of
corrosion for specific industry sectors.
Results of the study shown that the total annual estimated direct
cost of corrosion in the US is 276 billion dollars, approximately
3.1% of the US Gross Domestic Product (GDP).
Corrosion also emerged as the primary factor affecting the
longevity and reliability of networks transporting crucial energy
sources as oil and gas. The average annual corrosion-related
cost in the US is estimated in over 12 billion dollars to monitor,
replace, and maintain these assets.

849 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 849
The incidence of corrosion

The study clearly revealed that, while technological advancements


have provided many new ways to prevent corrosion, better
corrosion management can be achieved using preventive
strategies, in non technical and technical areas, identified as
follows:
9 increase awareness of significant corrosion costs and potential
cost savings
9 change the misconception that nothing can be done about
corrosion
9 change standards and management practices to increase
corrosion cost savings
9 improve education and training of staff in the recognition of
corrosion control

850 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 850
The incidence of corrosion

9 Implement advanced design practices for better corrosion


management
9 Improve corrosion technology through research, development,
and implementation.

Controlling corrosion requires significant expenditures, but the


payoff includes increased public safety, reliable performance,
maximized asset life, environmental protection, and more cost-
effective operations in the long run.

851 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 851
Definition of corrosion
Corrosion is the deterioration of a material that results from a
reaction with its environment. For a metal in contact with an
aqueous solution, the reaction is an electrochemical one involving
the transfer of electrical charge (electrons) across the
metal/environment interface.
Particularly, steel structures located in an electrolytic environment
i.e. buried in every type of soil or immersed in water, change in
time due to corrosion phenomena.
These phenomena originates from the natural, electrochemical
potential difference which, in the presence of an electrolytic
environment, causes the steel surface to cede or gain electrons
and then change its physical and chemical characteristics.

852 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 852
Definition and elements of a corrosion cell

Corrosion always takes place in the form of a corrosion cell, that


has the following four essential components:
9 an anode, where the oxidation reaction occurs
9 a cathode, where the reduction reaction occurs
9 an electronic path that allows electrons to flow from the anode to
the cathode (inside the same metal or metal-to-metal)
9 an electrolytic path that allows ions to flow between the anode
and the cathode (in the electrolyte i.e. environment surrounding
both anode and cathode, soil or water).

853 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 853
Definition and elements of a corrosion cell

Being oxidation the reaction in which a metal becomes more


electropositive, the anode is the electrode in the corrosion cell
which cedes electrons and corrodes.

Reversely, being reduction the reaction in which a metal becomes


more electronegative, the cathode is the electrode in the corrosion
cell which gains the electrons ceded by the anode.

854 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 854
Types of corrosion

Provided the presence of a corrosion cell, the actual conditions


of the metal and its environment may vary widely leading to
different types of corrosion (most common are shown below).

Uniform corrosion – anodic (A) and cathodic (C) areas are


located on the same metal surface and change locations
resulting in a general metal loss i.e. atmospheric corrosion.

855 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 855
Pitting corrosion – anodic areas (A) remain fixed and corrosion is
localized i.e. stainless steel in the presence of chlorides.

Crevice corrosion – anodic area (A) in the crevice is oxygen


starved while surrounding surfaces (C) have access to dissolved
oxygen i.e. overlapping structures.

856 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 856
Galvanic corrosion – dissimilar metals are interconnected and
exposed to a common environment i.e. cast iron water main
with copper utilities, different metal plates.

All these types of corrosion can be effectively mitigated with


cathodic protection if the structure is buried or immersed.

857 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 857
Common causes of corrosion of a typical oil &
gas installation

The most common causes of corrosion in a typical oil & gas


installation are:
1.presence of dissimilar metals (galvanic corrosion)
2.presence of potential gradients due to the surrounding
environment
3.presence of stray currents.

Briefly, these typical causes of corrosion will be described.

858 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 858
Presence of dissimilar metals
Each metal buried or immersed in an electrolyte acquires a
distinctive natural potential. Table below shows natural
potential of some metals in a neutral soil.
Potential (vs. The metals in this table (also
Metal
CSE) known as galvanic series)

Pure Magnesium -1.7 V are arranged so that, when
electronegativ
e two of them are placed in the
Zinc -1.1 V
Pure Aluminium -0.8 V
same electrolyte setting up a
corrosion cell, the metal in
Bright steel (Iron) -0.5 V to -0.8 V
electropositiv
the upper line (lower
Rusty steel (Iron) -0.2 V to -0.5 V e potential) will act as an
↓ anode, while the metal in the
Lead -0.5 V
Copper -0.2 V
lower line (greater potential)
will act as a cathode.

859 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 859
Presence of dissimilar metals

In general, when any two metals are coupled, the more


electronegative alloy will be become the anode of a corrosion
cell.
The coupling of dissimilar metals will establish a potential
gradient between them, resulting in a current i.e. transfer of
electrical charges conventionally flowing from the cathode to
the anode in the metallic connection, and from the anode to the
cathode in the electrolyte. Hence the electrons will leave the
metal constituting the anode to cause its corrosion.

860 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 860
Presence of dissimilar metals

Further, the greater the potential gradient, the greater the


corrosion current.

861 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 861
Presence of dissimilar metals
Seldom this phenomenon may occur when aged, steel pipe lengths
or plates are replaced with same but new material. Referring to the
galvanic series table, the old, rusty metal will work as the cathode
(natural potential -0.5 V) while the new, bright metal will work as the
anode (natural potential -0.8 V) and therefore will be subject to
corrosion.

862 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 862
Presence of potential gradients
A potential gradient may not only be due to the coupling of
dissimilar metals but may also occur on a same, homogeneous
structure.
For instance, a bare steel pipeline, made of the same steel grade
throughout its length, may show different potentials according to
local chemical characteristics of the soil in which it is laid (over long
routes, such that of transmission pipelines, often soils vary widely).
This potential gradient causes a current to flow from the anodic
zone to the cathodic zone, resulting in corrosion of the anodic
zone.

863 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 863
Presence of stray currents
There are electrical installations which, while operating, drain
currents in the soil. Basically, these are:
9 traction systems, like railways, which use steel rails as a return
conductor
9 equipment which use the soil as a return conductor i.e. welding
systems, etc.
9 impressed current cathodic protection systems.
Stray currents may cause severe damage to structures.
Particularly, long horizontal structures like transmission pipelines or
sheathed cables may be in danger of this type of corrosion. Since
corrosion damage may appear after a short time of exposure to
stray currents, it is essential to make provisions for protective
measures at an early stage.Identification and measurement is
always is challenging procedure as stray currents may be either
DC or AC, and affected by a large number of factors.

864 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 864
Presence of stray currents

A typical example of DC stray current is that of a steel pipeline


crossing an electrified railway.

As all stray currents return back to the draining point via a path with
the lowest resistivity, a steel pipeline crossing a railway usually
becomes the preferential path of railway induced stray current
because of its lower resistivity with respect to the soil. The area in
which the stray current enters the pipeline becomes the cathode
while the area from which it leaves becomes the anode and could
be subject to corrosion.

865 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 865
Presence of stray currents

866 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 866
Means for corrosion control
The most practical means to control the corrosion of buried or
immersed metallic structures are:
9 insulating coating
9cathodic protection.

Coating Cathodic
protection

Although these two methods may work independently, their


combination facilitates the achievement of complete corrosion
control.
867 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 867
Cathodic protection

NACE defines cathodic protection as “a technique to reduce


the corrosion of a metal surface by making that surface a
cathode of an electrochemical cell”.

The theory of cathodic protection is best understood by first


considering a simple corrosion cell, modelled as an electrical
circuit, consisting of one anode and one cathode on a
structure. After the corrosion cell has reached a steady state,
the driving potential is the difference between anode and
cathode potentials and the corrosion current magnitude is
determined by Ohms Law.

868 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 868
Cathodic protection

Icorr = Corrosion current (A)


Ea,p = Potential of polarized anode (V)
Ec,p = Potential of polarized cathode (V)
Ra = Resistance of anode to electrolyte (Ω)
Rc = Resistance of cathode to electrolyte (Ω)

In this condition the current discharged by the anode is exactly


the same as the current collected by the cathode. Corrosion
occurs at a certain rate.

869 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 869
Cathodic protection
With application of cathodic protection, positive charge flows from
an external source toward the structure to be protected i.e. simple
corrosion cell, as shown below.

Icp = Cathodic protection current (A)

Now, the corrosion (or anodic) current is no longer equal to the


cathodic current. From Kirchhoffs Law, corrosion (or anodic)
current is equal to the cathodic current from the corrosion cell
minus the applied cathodic protection current.

870 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 870
Cathodic protection
The simple corrosion cell must now reach a new steady condition.
Since the cathode is at a more electropositive potential than the
anode, it collects current first. This cause the cathode to polarize
more in the electronegative direction (reduction reaction).
Because of increased polarization of the cathode, the driving
potential decreases as well as the magnitude of the corrosion
(anodic) current. With a smaller corrosion current discharging into
the electrolyte at the anode, the anode depolarizes becoming less
electropositive. A new steady state condition is reached with a
smaller corrosion (anodic) current due to the applied cathodic
protection current.
With additional increments of applied cathodic protection current,
the corrosion current decreases further and the anode depolarizes
more until the anode reaches its natural potential.
871 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 871
Cathodic protection
At this point:
9 the anode cannot depolarize further
9 the driving potential reaches zero
9 the corrosion (anodic) current reaches zero
9 the anode ceases to work as an anode
9 the cathodic current equals the cathodic protection current
9 the corrosion is stopped.

872 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 872
Cathodic protection

In a real corroding structure with many anodes and cathodes, more


and more anodes convert to cathodes as larger amounts of
cathodic protection current are applied. When the entire structure
polarizes to the open circuit potential of its most electronegative
anode, no further anodes exist and complete cathodic protection is
achieved.

Therefore, the true criterion for complete cathodic protection of a


corroding structure is the polarization of the cathodes on the
structure to the open circuit potential of the most electronegative
anode present on the corroding structure.

873 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 873
Cathodic protection

Since corrosion ceases at this point, applying additional cathodic


protection current only serves to polarize the structure more
electronegatively until, beyond a certain value, it becomes
unnecessary and wasteful.

The application of the true criterion to real corrosion problems


is not possible as it is not possible to determine in the field the
open circuit potential of the most electronegative anode on
the corroding structure. Hence surrogate criteria, based on
laboratory and field experience, are used.

874 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 874
Cathodic protection - Criteria

The purpose of a surrogate cathodic protection criterion is to


provide a benchmark against which the level of cathodic
protection applied to a specific structure can be compared.

International standard organizations as NACE, ISO, EN, etc.


addressed a number of applicable cathodic protection criteria
for carbon steel, considering affecting factors as temperature
and soil conditions.

875 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 875
Cathodic protection - Criteria

Environment Temperatur Protection potential (vs.


e CSE)
High resistivity soil ρ > 500 - -0.75 V or more negative
Ω*m
i.e. loose sand
Aerobic soil i.e. sandy soil or T<40°C -0.85 V or more negative
water
Aerobic soil i.e. sandy soil or T>60°C -0.95 V or more negative
water
Anaerobic soil i.e. clay - -0.95 V or more negative

“Aerobic” stands for oxygen rich, “anaerobic” stands for oxygen


starved.

876 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 876
Cathodic protection – Design basic factors and
choices

As seen in previous table most appropriate criteria changes


according to external factors like structure temperature and
environment.

For onshore oil & gas installation, main importance is covered by


surrounding environment. Particularly, soil conditions are
determining the overall cathodic protection approach as soil
corrosiveness vary widely according to its moisture or chlorides
content.

877 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 877
Cathodic protection – Design basic factors and choices

During a dedicated pre-design survey, these information are


gathered:
9 Soil resistivity, indicating the electrochemical corrosiveness
of the environment
9 Soil temperature, particularly seasonal high, aiding the
assessment of the optimal protection current density
9 Possibility of stray currents, either AC or DC.

A strong relationship between soil resistivity and its


corrosiveness exists, as shown in table below.

878 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 878
Cathodic protection – Design basic factors and choices

Soil resistivity (ρ) Corrosiveness


Up to 10 Ω*m Highly corrosive
Between 10 Ω*m and 50 Corrosive
Ω*m
Between 50 Ω*m and 100 Slightly corrosive
Ω*m
Over 100 Ω*m Weakly corrosive

Hence, the basis of preliminary design choices are these


three:
1. Soil resistivity / corrosiveness
2. Extension and shape of surfaces to be protected
3. Presence of stray currents, either AC or DC.

879 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 879
Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anodes
First step is choosing most appropriate method of cathodic
protection between:
1.Sacrificial anodes system
2.Impressed current system.

Cathodic protection by sacrificial anodes basically consist in


intentional coupling different metals. The sacrificial anodes are
selected in order to have a more electronegative natural
potential with respect to that of the structure to be protected
(cathode) so that it corrodes, ceding electrons to the structure
to be protected which becomes immune from corrosion.

880 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 880
Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anodes

According to the galvanic series table, most suitable alloy for


cathodic protection of steel structures are:
1. Magnesium
2. Zinc
3. Aluminium.
This application of this method, as well as the impressed
current method, has advantages and disadvantages to be
considered in the design stage.

881 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 881
Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anodes
Optimal distribution of CP current Limited driving voltage available

No electrical interference problems Limited CP current available

Not suitable in high resistivity soils


External DC source is not required

Not suitable for bare, badly coated structures


Easy and cost effective installation

Not suitable for retrofitting purposes


Land acquisition is not required

Calibration of system is not required

Maintenance costs are negligible

882 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 882
Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anodes

As anticipated, most used metal alloy as sacrificial anodes are Magnesium,


Zinc and Aluminium based, each one with distinctive range of potentials,
consumption rate, application and manufacturing shapes.

Magnesium
alloy

Natural potential Consumption rate


-1.55 V to -1.75 V 8 kg/A*year

Potable water storage tanks Soils with resistivity up to 100


and vessels internals Ω*m

Flush type Boss type Solid rod type

883 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 883
Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anodes
Zinc
alloy

Natural potential Consumption rate


-1.05 V to -1.10 V 12 kg/A*year

Deep water offshore Storage tanks and Soils with resistivity


sealines vessels internals up to 15 Ω*m

Bracelet type Boss type Solid rod type

Slender type Flush type

884 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 884
Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anodes

Aluminium
alloy

Natural potential Consumption rate


-1.05 V to -1.10 V 3 to 4 kg/A*year

Storage
Offshore tanks and
installations vessels
internals

Bracelet type Boss type

Slender type Flush type Slender type Flush type

885 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 885
Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anodes
For onshore applications, usually sacrificial anodes come to site pre-packaged in
a moisture-retaining chemical backfill, which helps the transfer of charges in the
electrolytic path.

In conclusion, sacrificial anodes are suitable to protect:


1. small extension surfaces in low resistivity soils (ρ < 100 Ω*m)
2. integrate impressed current systems in “hot-spot” location i.e. line valves
3. offshore structures.

886 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 886
Cathodic protection – Impressed current

Cathodic protection by impressed current basically consist in


applying to the structure to be protected a determined cathodic
protection current supplied by power source that is external to
the anode-cathode system.

887 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 887
Cathodic protection – Impressed current

Hence, a basic impressed current system consists of:


1. one DC power source i.e. transformer-rectifier, thermo-
generator, solar power generator, etc.
2. one anodic groundbed, constituted by a suitable number of
appropriate anodes
3. cables, connecting the DC power source to the structure
and the anodic groundbed.

In this method, a ground bed (artificial anode), delivering the


cathodic protection current, is installed a a suitable distance to the
structure to be protected. The negative pole of the DC power source
is connected is to the structure, the positive pole is connected to the
ground bed.

888 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 888
Cathodic protection – Impressed current

In this way, the current direction is reversed with respect to natural


flow and flows from the ground bed to the structure. Also, the
magnitude of the cathodic protection current is adjustable, from the
DC source, according to Ohm’s Law.
This eventually allows to adjust the potential on the structure as
needed.

This application of this method has advantages and


disadvantages to be considered in the design stage.

889 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 889
Cathodic protection – Impressed current
Significant driving voltage available Electrical interference problems

External DC source is required


Significant CP current available

Complex installation
Adjustable CP current and potential
Land acquisition is required
Few installations are required
Calibration of system is required

Suitable in high resistivity soils Maintenance costs are significant

Suitable for large or bare structures

Suitable for retrofitting purposes

890 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 890
Most important items in the system are the DC power source and
the anodes constituting the ground bed. According to local
availability of power, the most common DC source choices are:
Transformer-rectifier
Applicable where AC power grid is available.
Suitable for very high cathodic protection currents,
up to 50 A (about 3 kW).
Solar power system
Applicable where AC power grid is not available.
Suitable for small cathodic protection currents
(about 400 W).
Thermo-electric generator
Applicable where AC power grid is not available. It
burns natural gas to generate DC current. Suitable
for small cathodic protection currents (about 550
W).
891 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 891
According to environment and current requirement, the anodic
material most common choices are:
Silicon-Iron
Suitable for a wide range of applications. Silicon-
Iron anodes are cast in solid rods or tubular
shape. Consumption rate is about 0.5 kg/A*year.
Silicon-Iron-Chrome
Having same basic characteristics of Silicon-Iron,
the addition of Chrome enhances the resistance
to chlorides but presents some toxic hazard.
Consumption rate is about 0.2 kg/A*year.
MMO/Ti
Preferable where high current or very long design
life are required, due to negligible consumption.
MMO/Ti anodes most common manufacture shape
is tubular, ribbon or mesh.
892 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 892
According to required distribution of current, soil resistivity,
availability of land and Clients standard, anodic ground bed are
arranged as:

Deep well
Anodes are laid inside a drilled borehole, in
order to reach low resistivity soil layers (e.g.
in a desert area) or to avoid land acquisition.
Commonly used for pipelines systems.

893 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 893
Shallow horizontal
Anodes are laid horizontally in an
excavated, shallow trench in order to
ease installation. Used both for
pipelines systems, where soil resistivity
is relatively low, and plants.

Shallow vertical
Anodes are laid vertically in a number
of drilled, shallow boreholes.
Commonly used for plants narrow
locations.

894 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 894
Eventually, the established structure-to-soil potential of a protected
structure is to be monitored on a routine basis at significant points.
Therefore, each pipeline system cathodic protection system will be
integrated with monitoring facilities located at each:
9 main road, river or railway crossing
9 buried foreign service crossing
9 end of a parallelism with buried foreign services or HV power
lines
9 metallic casing
9 insulating device i.e. insulating joint or flange.

Basically, monitoring facilities on a pipeline are installed with a


maximum 1 km (urban area) to 3 km (desert area) interval.

Inside a plant area, monitoring facilities are installed in anticipated


hot spots.
895 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 895
Index

04_Onshore Pipeline Design


- Section 0. : A brief pipeline hystory
- Section 1. : Codes and Design Standards
- Section 2. : Routing Design
- Section 3 : Geotechnical Design
- Section 4 : Authority Engineering
- Section 5 : Hydraulics
- Section 6 : Construction
- Section 7 : Mechanical Design
- Section 8 : Cathodic Protection
- Section 9 : Coatings

896 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 896
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

Carbon steel is used for the construction of pipelines, piping


and pipe racks, storage tanks, etc., for cost and strength
reasons.
However, carbon steel is not inherently corrosion resistant
and needs protection from corrosion where a water layer
(condensation, immersion, etc.) is present in contact with the
steel surface.
A surface covering (coating, painting and lining) separates
the steel from water and helps to prevent corrosion.
For buried or submerged structures cathodic protection (CP)
is needed to supplement the coating at any coating defects
that will occur.

897 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 897
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
Specific Definitions:
"Coating" - An electrically insulating layer applied to a metal
surface, that affords passive protection against external
corrosion.
"Corrosion" - The electrochemical reaction of metal with its
environment, resulting in its progressive degradation or
destruction.
"Electrolyte" - A liquid or the liquid component in a composite
material such as soil in which electric current flows by movement
of ions.
"Painting" - Surface covering applied to above ground steel (and
other) structures that will have no other continuous corrosion
control measures applied.
898 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 898
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

PURPOSE OF THE SYSTEM

The purpose of the coating system is primarily to protect the


steel from the effects of a corrosive electrolyte (i.e. soil, water).

The main linepipe coating will be applied in the factory.

Field joints (over pipeline circumferential welds) will be applied


on site.

Items to be coated also include pipeline fittings (i.e., bends, tees


and valves).

899 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 899
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
COATING DESIGN

Selection of an anticorrosion coating for a particular use is related


to cost and long term stability. Factors to be considered in the
selection process:
9 adhesion and resistance to disbonding
9 resistance to chemical, physical and biological
deterioration
9 easy application, including field joints and repairs
9 operating temperature range
9 flexibility and tensile elongation
9 strength and impact resistance
9 resistance to water permeation and absorption
9 compatibility with cathodic protection
9 resistance to soil stresses
900 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 900
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
COATING SYSTEM ITEM TO BE TEMPERATURE TYPICAL
COATED RANGE (a) APPLICATION
Pipes Fittings Field joints (°C) SITE
Three layer polyethylene X - - -40/+80 Factory

Three layer polypropylene X - - -30/+120 Factory

Fusion Bonded Epoxy X X X -40/+105 Factory, field


(FBE)

Coal tar enamel X - X 0/+60 Factory, field

Cold applied Plastic tapes X X X -20/+75 Field


(PE or PVC tapes)

Heat shrinkable sleeves - - X -30/+120 (b) Field


and tapes

Liquid epoxy resin (c) X X X -30/+100 Factory, field


Notes:
(a) Max. Operating (Service) Temperature.
(b) Upper limit as declared by product Manufacturers.
(c) Thermoset coatings include epoxy and polyurethane based systems.

901 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 901
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

In all cases, environmental conditions (as established by


measurement) during surface preparation and coating need to
be within set ranges. These include:

• low wind/dust conditions (and use of habitats for field


joint coating)
• relative humidity is less than 85%
• steel surface temperature is more than 3°C above dew
point

Obtain correct surface profile after blast cleaning to ensure good


key for coating adhesion and ensure surfaces are clean and free
of contamination.

902 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 902
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

Apply coat layers to correct thickness range (not too thin or


thick), allow intermediate layers to cure fully where necessary
and apply subsequent layers within the prescribed time period.

Repair coating damage to an approved procedure (in shop and


on site).

903 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 903
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
PIPELINES COATING GLOBAL MARKET TREND (1):

‰Bituminous coating are being replaced all over the world by


modern coatings for
two reasons:
1 - requirements of environmental laws,
2 - decreasing of efficiency (permeation, cracking, sagging and
chemical deterioration).

‰European Companies prefer Polyethylene (PE) and


Polypropylene (PP) coatings.
The philosophy of “passive protection”. Extremely watertight
coating, high dielectric strength and thickness and drain a very
low Cathodic Protection current.

904 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 904
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

PIPELINES COATING GLOBAL MARKET TREND (2):

‰USA, UK companies prefer Fusion Bonded Epoxy (FBE)


coatings.
Cathodic Protection has higher importance in pipeline
protection.
Coatings, even with reasonable impermeability, are thinner and
more compatible to Cathodic Protection systems.

905 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 905
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

Maintenance budgets, passive protection costs and repairs have a


significant influence on the overall pipeline budget.

The cheapest solution is rarely the best one in the long term.

A slightly more expensive PE coating solution can turn out to be


the most economical after 30 years of uninterrupted service.

906 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 906
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

IN-HOUSE EXPERIENCE

FROM LATE 70’s TO DATE, THE ITALIAN GAS COMPANY HAVE INSTALLED
OVER 32,000 Km OF GAS PIPELINES, FROM 10 TO 56 INCHES.

ALL PIPES WERE EXTERNALLY COATED MAINLY WITH POLYETHYLENE


SYSTEM AND WITH THERMOSETTING EPOXY RESIN FOR BENDS AND
FITTINGS.

DURING LAST 30 YEARS, THE “Eni GROUP” HAS DEVELOPED DETAIL COATING
SPECIFICATIONS AND QUALIFIED MATERIALS AND APPLICATORS WHICH HAS
BEEN IDENTIFIED IN STANDARD SPECIFICATION AND PROCEDURES.

THE PE COATING SYSTEM IS MORE APPROPRIATE FOR PIPELINES NETWORK


BURIED IN A HIGH DENSE POPULATED (URBAN) AREAS, IN TERRAINS
COMPOSED BY COMPACT CLAYS, ROCK AND STONES (EUROPEAN GAS
NETWORK IS PROVIDED WITH PE COATING).

907 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 907
x – PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

FIELD JOINT COATING MATERIALS

FIELD JOINTS ARE THE WEAKEST POINT OF THE EXTERNAL COATING


BECAUSE OF ARSH APPLICATION CONDITION.

The most used/selected materials are Heat Shrinkable Sleeves (HSS)


coating products as field joint coating.

The most common types of this product are fairly easy to apply and are
compatible with the most commonly used pipe coatings.

Shrink coating products may be applied on top of the appropriate primers,


normally epoxy-based, in order to increase mechanical resistance and
resistance to temperature, shear stress and corrosion.

908 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 908
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

TYPICAL CAUSES OF COATING FAILURE

Common causes of coating failure are reported to be (a) :

- improper surface preparation


- improper selection of coating material
- improper coating application
- improper handling of the coated structure
- improper backfilling with soil
-improper cathodic protection

909 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 909
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

TYPICAL CAUSES OF COATING FAILURE

In addition, penetration of coating by roots, partial disbonding, of


tape coatings
in particular, and coating failure under soil stresses, for example, in
clay soils
that expand/ shrink during wet/dry cycles, can also cause
problems.

(a) Reference NACE Publication: Corrosion Prevention by


Protective Coatings

910 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 910
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

VERIFICATION OF LINE INTEGRITY

THE METHODS USED TO VERIFY THE INTEGRITY OF THE


EXTERNAL COATING ARE:

• PEARSON METHOD

• TRANSVERSAL and LONGITUDINAL DIRECT CURRENT


VOLTAGE GRADIENT

911 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 911
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
PEARSON TECHNIQUE - THE PRINCIPLE
• The pipeline CP shall be switched off.
• Uses a frequency generator (typically 4-1500 Hz).
• The signals issued by the generator is then picked up by a
dedicated receiver along the pipeline.
• Approaching the coating defect, the signal increase up to a
maximum and suddenly decrease to a minimum when the two
poles of the receiver are straddled over the defect . If no
defects are present, the signal remain approximately
constant.
• Operator shall walk along the buried pipeline.

912 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 912
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

PEARSON TECHNIQUE

913 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 913
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

PEARSON TECHNIQUE – MAIN FEATURES


PRO’S

• locates all coating defects


• gives a rough indication of defects severity
• 2 persons required (1 person with last generation
instrumentation)
CON’S

• operation/interpretation is operator dependent


• can survey up to 7-8 km per day only
• suitable for newly laid pipelines only
• must be integrated with other techniques for more accurate
results
914 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 914
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
TRANSVERSAL DC VOLTAGE GRADIENT (DCVG) SURVEY

• Uses the principle of cathodic protection to detect any coating


defect.
• The existing pipeline CP can be used.
• The CP current shall be cycled (12 sec. On, 2-3 sec. Off)
• A remote Cu-CuSO4 reference electrode (undisturbed from the
electrical field variation caused by the possible defect) shall be
put 50-100 m from the p/l right of way
• An identical Cu-CuSO4 reference electrode shall be moved along
the p/l right of way.
• The two electrodes are connected through a chart recorder or a
digital recorder
• If a coating defect is present, a potential gradient is measured via
the 2 electrodes during the on-off condition variation

915 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 915
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

TRANSVERSAL DC VOLTAGE GRADIENT (DCVG) SURVEY

remote electrodes ≥50m

Coating damage

916 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 916
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
TRANSVERSAL DC VOLTAGE GRADIENT (DCVG) SURVEY

PRO’S

• detects exact location of coating defects


• roughly assesses dimensions of coating defects
• suitable for new and old pipelines
• 1 person required

CON’S

• time consuming
• to be used as integration of other techniques (i.e. Pearson)

917 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 917
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

LONGITUDINAL DC VOLTAGE RADIENT (DCVG) SURVEY

• Uses the principle of cathodic protection to detect any coating


defect.
• The existing pipeline CP can be used.
• The CP current shall be cycled (1/3 sec. On, 2/3 sec. Off)
• Two identical Cu-CuSO4 reference electrode are placed along
the right of way through an analogic galvanometer
• Approaching the coating defect, the signal increase up to a
maximum and suddenly decrease to a minimum when the two
electrodes are straddled over the defect .
• To approx size the defect, the two electrodes configuration shall
be the same of the transversal DCVG.

918 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 918
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
LONGITUDINAL DC VOLTAGE RADIENT (DCVG) SURVEY

919 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 919
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING

LONGITUDINAL DC VOLTAGE GRADIENT (DCVG) SURVEY

PRO’S

• detects exact location of coating defects


• roughly assesses dimensions of coating defects
• can assess if defects would be corroding
• suitable for new and old pipelines
• 1 person required
• not time consuming – up to 5-6 km/day
• to be used alone or as as integration of other techniques
(PEARSON)

920 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 920
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
COMPARISON TABLE AMONG DIFFERENT TECHNIQUES
Tequines No. of persons Daily Characteristics
required Investigated
length

PEARSON 2 persons up to 7-8 km /day ƒ locates all coating defects


(1 with last ƒ can give a rough indicationof defects severity
generation ƒ operation/interpretation is operator dependent
instrumentation) ƒ can survey up to 7-8 km per day
ƒ suitable only for new pipelines
ƒ must be integrated with other techniques for more precise results

PEARSON and 2 persons depending on No. ƒ more cost effective than the techniques used separately
DCVG (longitudinal (1 with last of defects: ƒ suitable only for new pipelines
or transversal) generation up to an average ƒ to be used on long pipelines
instrumentation) of 6-7 km /day ƒ on short sections only DCVG is suggested

DCVG (longitudinal) 1 person depending on No. ƒ detects exact location of coating defects
of defects: ƒ roughly assesses dimensions of coating defects
up to 5-6 km /day ƒ can assess if defects would be corroding
ƒ suitable for new and old pipelines
ƒ not time consuming – up to 5-6 km/day
ƒ to be used alone or as integration of other techniques (PEARSON)

DCVG (transversal) 1 person up to 5-6 km /day ƒ detects exact location of coating defects
ƒ roughly assesses dimensions of coating defects
ƒ suitable for new and old pipelines
ƒ to be used as integration of other techniques (PEARSON)

921 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 921
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) / POLYPROPYLENE (PP) COATING

Polyethylene / Polypropylene coatings are applied to pipes designed to convey water, gas, oil or
any other fluid, for buried services (soil or seawater) and when the continuous temperature of the
fluid being carried does not exceed 80°C/120°C.

The pipe is preheated to eliminate humidity

The external surface is shot-blasted to remove mill


scale and rust, obtaining a metal surface which
facilitates the adhesion

922 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 922
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) / POLYPROPYLENE (PP) COATING

The pipe is heated in a gas or induction oven at a


controlled temperature

The primer is then applied by extrusion or


electrostatic powderingImmediately afterwards,
the polymeric adhesive and PE/PP are extruded
on the pipe

923 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 923
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) / POLYPROPYLENE (PP) COATING

After application of the PE/PP, the


pipe is cooled by spraying water.

End brushing

924 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 924
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF POLYETHYLENE (PE) / POLYPROPYLENE (PP) COATING
This coating offers the following advantages:
9 mechanical resistance at high and low temperatures
(bending does not damage this coating)
9 easy storage and shipping of coated pipes: same stacking
possibilities as for bare pipes
9 backfill possible with material of higher sieve acceptance
than that of the sand generally used for coal tar based
coatings
9 strong adhesion to steel
9 resistance to micro-organism
9 lighter cathodic protection
925 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 925
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE AT FIELD JOINTS
FOR PE COATED PIPES

All weld areas shall be grit or sand blasted to remove all frayed or loosened
coating at edges of the mill cutback and slightly abrade the coating sections to be
covered by the heat shrinkable sleeve (HSS).

926 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 926
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE AT FIELD JOINTS
FOR PE COATED PIPES

Heating the weld joint up to the specified heating application temperature.

927 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 927
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE AT FIELD JOINTS
FOR PE COATED PIPES

Before sleeve application, the primer, when required, shall be applied to bare steel
and adjacent abraded mill coating using supplied applicator (i.e. spatula).
Then wrapping the sleeve centrally around the weld joint. Sleeve overlap onto itself
should be not less than 150 mm. Installation of the closure patch and pressing in
position centring over the exposed sheet end

928 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 928
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE AT FIELD JOINTS
FOR PE COATED PIPES

Heating the closure patch evenly until the temperature sensitive paint
converts color and with a gloved hand, smooth the closure patch to
eliminate possible entrapped air and ensure good bonding.
Using two torches adjust flame length to approx. 50-60 cm. Finish
installation by shrinking circumferentially towards the other end.

929 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 929
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE AT FIELD JOINTS
FOR PE COATED PIPES

During and after shrinking use As installed.


rollers/gloved hand to remove air
enclosures.
As installed.

930 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 930
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF EPOXY POWDER (FBE) COATING
FBE powder coatings (i.e. Fusion Bonded Epoxy) are applied to pipes designed to convey fluids, for
buried services (soil or seawater) and when the continuous temperature of the fluid being carried does not
exceed (110-120) °C.

This type of coating is applied by spraying epoxy powder


onto preheated pipes in order to quickly cure the epoxy

The pipe is preheated to eliminate humidity

The external surface is shot-blasted to remove


millscale and rust, obtaining a metal surface
which
facilitates the adhesion

931 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 931
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF EPOXY POWDER (FBE) COATING

The pipe is heated in a gas or induction


oven at a controlled temperature up to
approx. 220-240°C

The pipe is then covered with epoxy powder by


electrostatic guns.

932 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 932
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF EPOXY POWDER (FBE) COATING

After polymerization, the pipe is cooled by spraying water and then end brushed

933 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 933
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF EPOXY POWDER (FBE) COATING
This coating offers the following advantages:
9 mechanical resistance
9 coatings especially at high and low temperatures (bending
doesnot damage this coating)
9 easy storage and shipping of coated
9 pipes: same stacking possibilities as for bare pipes backfill
9 possible with material of higher sieve acceptance
9 to steel resistance to micro-organism lighter cathodic
protection

934 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 934
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF EPOXY LININGS
The epoxy resin lining is applied to pipes designed to convey water and gas

This type of coating is applied by spraying epoxy powder


onto preheated pipes in order to quickly cure the epoxy

This lining is applied by layering one or several coats


of liquid paint or by spraying epoxy powder.

The pipe is preheated to eliminate humidity

The interior surface is shot-blasted to remove


millscale and rust, obtaining a metal surface
which facilitates the adhesion

935 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 935
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF EPOXY LININGS

When epoxy powder is fused, the pipe is


preheated to 238°C, in order to quickly cure
the epoxy.

The pipe is rotated and the lining is sprayed from


a set of nozzles which moves inside the
pipe.

When paint is used, it is dried by blowing hot air


through the pipe.

936 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 936
PIPELINE EXTERNAL COATING
APPLICATION OF EPOXY LININGS

Epoxy lining completed

937 04_ON/OFFSHORE PIPELINE DESIGN COURSE 1st Ed.– September 2010 937

You might also like